10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

þ	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
	For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012

o	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
	For the transition period from ___________ to ___________

 Commission file number 0-24230

ENERGY FOCUS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

DELAWARE	94-3021850
(State of incorporation)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

32000 Aurora Road

Solon, Ohio 44139

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 440.715.1300

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act:

Title of Each Class

Common Stock, Par Value $0.0001

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined by Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933. Yes o No þ

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes o No þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Date File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405ofthischapter)duringthepreceding12months(or forsuchshorterperiodthattheregistrantwasrequiredtosubmitandpostsuchfiles). Yes þ No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.

Large accelerated filer o	Accelerated filer o
Non-accelerated filer o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o No þ

Approximate aggregate market value (on basis of closing bid price) of voting stock held by non-affiliates as of June 29, 2012 $9,432,366

Number of the registrant’s shares of common stock outstanding as of March 27, 2013:  44,698,650

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
PART I
Item 1.	Business	3
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	8
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	13
Item 2.	Properties	13
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	13
Item 4.	Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders	13
PART II
Item 5.	Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	15
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	16
Item 7.	Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	17
Item 7A.	Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures About Market Risk	26
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	27
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures	56
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	56
Item 9B.	Other Information	57
PART III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance	58
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	58
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	58
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence	58
Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	59
PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	59
	Signatures	60
	Exhibit Index	61

1

PART I

Forward-Looking Statements

All references to “Energy Focus,” “we,” “us,” “our,” or “the Company” means Energy Focus, Inc. and its subsidiaries, except where it is made clear that the term means only the parent company.

Statements and information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are not purely historical are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this Report on Form 10-K include statements regarding Energy Focus’ expectations, intentions, beliefs, and strategies regarding the future, including but not limited to; growth in the markets into which Energy Focus sells; conditions of the lighting industry and the economy in general; statements as to our competitive position; future operating results; net sales growth; expected operating expenses; gross product margin improvement; sources of net sales; anticipated revenue from government contracts; product development and enhancements; liquidity, ability to generate cash and cash reserves; our reliance upon a limited number of customers; our accounting policies; the effect of recent accounting announcements; the development and marketing of new products; relationships with customers and distributors; relationships with, dependence upon, and the ability to obtain components from suppliers; as well as our remarks concerning our ability to compete in certain markets; the evolution and future size of those markets; seasonal fluctuations; plans for and expected benefits of outsourcing and offshore manufacturing; trends in the price and performance of fiber optic lighting products; the benefits  and performance of our lighting products; the adequacy of our current facilities; our strategy with regard to protecting our proprietary technology; and our ability to retain qualified employees.

When used in this report, the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “assumes,” “estimates,” “evaluates,” “opinions,” “forecasts,” “may,” “could,” “future,” “forward,”, “plans”, “potential,” “probable,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements.

These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. We may make other forward-looking statements from time to time, including in press releases and public conference calls and webcasts. All forward-looking statements made by Energy Focus are based on information available to us at the time the statements are made, and we assume no obligation to update any forward-looking statements. It is important to note that the forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those included in such forward-looking statements. Some of these risks and uncertainties are discussed below in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Form 10-K.

Energy Focus ®, EFO®, Fiberstars®, BritePak®, EFO-Ice®, and Intellitube® are our registered trademarks.  We may also refer to trademarks of other corporations and organizations in this document.

2

Item 1.  Business

Energy Focus, Inc. and its subsidiaries (“Energy Focus”), designs, develops, manufactures, and markets energy-efficient lighting products, and is a leading provider of turnkey, energy-efficient, lighting solutions in the governmental and public sector market, general commercial market, and the pool market.  Energy Focus’ lighting technology offers significant energy savings, heat dissipation and maintenance cost benefits over conventional lighting for multiple applications. The Company was founded in 1985 as Fiberstars, Inc., and changed its name to Energy Focus, Inc. and incorporated in Delaware in May 2007.

Overview

We engage in the design, development, manufacturing, marketing, and installation of energy-efficient lighting systems and solutions where we serve two segments:

· Solutions providing turnkey, high-quality, energy-efficient lighting application alternatives primarily to the existing public-sector building market; and

· Product providing military, general commercial and industrial lighting and pool lighting offerings, each of which markets and sells energy-efficient lighting systems.

We continue to evolve our business strategy to include providing our customers with turnkey, comprehensive energy-efficient general lighting solutions, which use, but are not limited to, our patented and proprietary technology.  Our products segment include light-emitting diode (“LED”), fiber optic, high-intensity discharge (“HID”), fluorescent tube and other highly energy-efficient lighting technologies.  Typical savings related to our current technology of the Company approximates 80% in electricity costs, while providing full-spectrum light closely simulating daylight colors.  Our strategy also incorporates continued investment into the research of new and emerging energy sources including LED and solar energy applications.

Our long-term strategy is to penetrate the $100 billion existing building and $300 million U.S. military lighting markets by providing turnkey, comprehensive energy-efficient lighting solutions, which utilize our proprietary energy-efficient lighting products.  In March of 2012, we announced a cooperation agreement with Communal International Ltd. to develop the Asian Market for the Company’s LED products.  We will continue to focus on markets where the benefits of our lighting solutions offerings, combined with our technology, are most compelling.  These markets include schools, universities, hospitals, office buildings, parking garages, supermarkets, museums, cold storage facilities and manufacturing environments.  The passage of the Energy Savings Performance Contracts legislation in nearly all the states and the Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 by Congress created a natural market for our energy-efficient products.  Under this Act, all incandescent light bulbs are mandated by federal law to utilize 25% to 30% less energy than today’s products by the years 2012 through 2014.  Since many of our products are approximately 80% more efficient than incandescent bulbs, our focus is to increase the public’s awareness and knowledge of our technology and to establish comprehensive distribution channels so that demand can be fulfilled quickly.

Our strengths, which provide a strategic competitive advantage, include the following:

· fundamental intellectual property and trade secrets in non-imaging optics and coatings,

· a broad and intimate understanding of lighting technologies,

· proven ability to develop systems which efficiently create, transport, and display light,

· a superior understanding of the existing building market drivers and the evolution towards “green” lighting products and energy-efficient lighting systems that maximize customer ROI,

· core competencies in execution of all facets of solutions sales, and

· strong relationships with the federal government for research and development.

Our tactical approach to implement our long term strategy includes:

· intensifying our focus on the existing building market by adding sales associates to expand our customer base,

· developing mainstream lighting technologies that directly compete against linear fluorescent general illumination lamps, and

· continuing to increase our value added to our customers and increase gross margins.

We expect that these actions will result in the following outcomes:

· sales growth and improved financial performance,

· sales of military grade LED lighting products for the U.S. Armed Forces,

· the formation of a streamlined organization that is focused on creating economic value through energy-efficient products and solutions for existing building owners, and

· development of mainstream lighting products for the existing building market that are not currently available and are differentiated by their performance, energy consumption, longevity, and controllability.

3

During 2011, we made major progress in our plan to reposition the Company for growth and profitability. This plan involved three major areas of focus, which included:

· Dramatic reduction of operating expenses.

· Receipt of a $23.1 million order for the U.S. Navy to retrofit approximately 7% of the Naval fighting fleet with LED lighting products, including Intellitube® lamps.  We invoiced the U.S. Navy $1.9 million through December 2011 for products and services related to this contract.

· Added sales resources and broadened our customer base at Stones River Companies, LLC (“SRC”) during 2011, which helped us grow our lighting retrofit business by 10% in 2012.

During 2012, we continued to focus on these areas and reduced our spending in sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses by 8% from 2011.  We shipped an additional $2.5 million against the U.S. Navy Contract, and grew total sales by 16% from 2011.

Our Products

We produce, source, and/or market a wide variety of lighting technologies to serve two general markets: commercial buildings and pool lighting.  Our offerings include the following products:

· 25 Families of LED lamps and fixtures to serve the U.S. Navy,

· LED docklights,

· LED parking garage lamps and fixtures,

· LED cold storage globe lamps and LED fiber optic lighting systems,

· LED landscape fixtures,

· LED retrofit kits for HID applications,

· LED replacements for linear fluorescent lamps, and

· LED lamps and fixtures.

In addition, we also sell customized components such as underwater lenses, color-changing LED lighting fixtures, and lighted water features, including waterfalls and laminar-flow water fountains.  Furthermore, we continue to aggressively penetrate the government and military lighting markets.  In this regard, we have many products being actively marketed to the United States federal government agencies through the General Services Administration website, https://www.GSAAdvantage.gov.

The key features of our products are as follows:

· Many of our products meet the lighting efficiency standards mandated for the year 2020.

· Our products qualify for federal and state tax incentives for commercial and residential consumers in certain states.

· Many of our products make use of proprietary optical and electronics delivery systems which enable high efficiencies with superior lighting qualities.

Sales, Marketing, and Distribution of our Offerings Portfolio

Products

Our products are sold through a combination of direct sales employees, independent sales representatives, and various distributors in different geographic markets throughout the world.  Our distributors’ obligation to us is not contingent upon the resale of our products and, as such, does not prohibit revenue recognition.  We also distribute our products through our SRC subsidiary.

Within the commercial and pool lighting business units, we continue to focus on general contractors and specifiers especially in the retail, hospitality, museum, and health care markets.  Our lighting retrofit subsidiary, SRC, is heavily targeting the existing public building market and will provide an additional sales channel for our products for quick, energy-efficient upgrades.

Solutions

Our solutions-based sales are designed to enhance total value by providing turnkey, high-quality, energy-efficient lighting application alternatives that positively impact customers’ profitability, the environment, and the communities served.  These solutions are sold through our SRC subsidiary and include not only our proprietary energy-efficient lighting solutions, but also sourced lighting systems, energy audits and service agreements.

4

Through SRC, we target the existing public building market, particularly health care and hospitals, schools and universities, governments and municipalities, museums, hospitality and casinos, as well as industry and manufacturing.  SRC’s direct customers are large national ESCOs that provide energy-efficient upgrades around the country. Also within the solutions business unit, we serve multi-location food retailers, cold storage facilities, retailers, and industrial/commercial real estate companies.

Concentration of Sales

In 2012, our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 62% of our net sales.  TLC Investments, LLC (“TLC”), accounted for approximately 15% of our consolidated net sales and 42% of our solutions segment net sales.  Johnson Controls, Inc. accounted for approximately 10% of our consolidated net sales, and 11% of our product segment sales.  Additionally, the U.S. Navy accounted for approximately 13% of our product segment sales, and Trane and Ameresco, Inc. (“Ameresco”) accounted for approximately 24% and 19% of our solutions segment sales.

In 2011, our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 56% of our net sales.  Ameresco accounted for approximately 15% of our consolidated net sales and 40% of our solutions segment net sales.

In 2010, our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 64% of our net sales.  In 2010, two customers, Ameresco and Woodstone Energy, LLC (“Woodstone”), made up 20% and 17%, respectively, of consolidated net sales.  Ameresco contributed 35% and Woodstone contributed 30% of our solutions segment net sales.  The former Vice President of SRC, who resigned on December 31, 2011, was a minority owner of Woodstone and TLC.  See Note 14, Related Party Transactions, for further information.

Manufacturing and Suppliers

We produce our lighting systems through a combination of internal and outsourced manufacturing and assembly operations.  Our internal lighting system manufacturing consists primarily of fiber processing, final assembly, testing, and quality control.  We use independent contractors to manufacture some components and sub-assemblies, and have worked with a number of our vendors to design custom components to meet our specific needs.  We manage inventories of domestically produced component parts on a just-in-time basis, when practicable.  Our quality assurance program provides for testing of all sub-assemblies at key stages in the assembly process as well as testing of finished products.

Many of our products are manufactured by third-party suppliers resulting in significant cost savings.  Under a Production Share Agreement, we conduct contract manufacturing and assembly in Mexico through North American Production Sharing, Inc. and Industrias Unidas de BC, SA de CV (“NAPS”). Under this agreement, NAPS provides administrative and manufacturing services, including labor services and the use of manufacturing facilities in Mexico, for the manufacturing and assembly of certain fiber optic and LED lighting systems, equipment and related components.  We also perform final assembly of products acquired from China, India, Japan and Taiwan.  These suppliers generally supply products on a purchase order basis.

Research and Development

Research and development has remained a key focus of our Company; accordingly, we have committed substantial resources to this endeavor.  Our research and development team is dedicated to continuous improvement and innovation of our current lighting technologies, including LED, fiber optics and HID systems.

Research and development expense, net of credits from the government, for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $368 thousand. Research and development income, net of expenses, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $515 thousand and $202 thousand, respectively.

Our recent achievements include:

2012:  We were awarded $2.4 million in research contracts and grants.  We were awarded approximately $0.9 million to develop next generation lighting for future U.S. Navy vessels.  Like our smaller berth light that has been sailing in the Virginia Class Nuclear submarines for almost two years, this next generation lighting will utilize a larger version of our optical wave guide technology.  In January, we were awarded $0.1 million in a subcontract under the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (“DARPA”) on the Manufacturable Gradient Index Optics Phase 2 BAA, where in part, we explored further optical advancements to Intellitube® technology.  In November, we were awarded a $0.2 million Phase I Small Business Innovation Research (“SBIR”) contract from the Department of Energy (“DoE”) for “Lighting Controls Software for Self-Commissioning and Optimized Energy Savings,” where we further develop the ultra low cost sensor network to compliment Intellitube®, the Company’s LED based fluorescent replacement technology.  In December, we learned that we were selected to receive funding for at least a $1.2 million award by the Executive Control Board of the National Shipbuilding Research Program (“NSRP”) for the development of a “New Best” LED lighting solution for the U.S. Navy’s 2-bulb fluorescent fixture.  NSRP is a collaboration of U.S. Shipyards that focus on common issues with a goal of reducing the cost of acquiring, operating and maintaining Navy Ships.  This new best solution utilizes our existing Intellitube® product.

5

2011:  We were awarded $26.1 million in government supply contracts and in research contracts and grants in 2011.  In March 2011, we received a $1.0 million grant from the State of Ohio Third Frontier to develop a photovoltaic “wall-pack” unit for outdoor LED lighting.  In April 2011, we received a Phase 2 Small Business Technology Transfer (“STTR”) grant for $0.6 million from the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (“NASA”) for “Innovative Solid State Lighting Replacements for Industrial and Test Facility Locations.”  In May 2011, we received a $0.4 million increase in funding for the “Very High Efficiency Solar Cell (“VHESC”) program.  In July 2011, we received a $1.0 million grant from the State of Ohio Third Frontier to develop an ultra-low cost light sensor to compliment Intellitube®.  In August 2011 we received a $23.1 million supply contract to provide LED fixtures and our proprietary Intellitube® LED lamps for use on the U.S. Navy Fleet.  The government has the right to change quantities throughout the life of this supply contract.

2010: We were awarded $3.0 million in research contracts and grants in 2010.  These included three awards totaling $1.6 million announced in January 2010.  Two of these awards, “Explosion-Proof Solid State Lighting for Extreme Environments” and “A Spectrally Dynamic Berth Light for Active Circadian Cycle Management,” are Phase 2 SBIR grants from DARPA.  The third award, “Innovative Solid State Lighting Replacements for Industrial and Test Facility Locations,” is a Phase 1 STTR program grant received from the NASA.  A DoE award for $1.0 million to develop high performance Sol-Gel coatings for lighting and solar applications was announced in August 2010.  An additional $0.4 million in Department of Defense funding to advance Energy Focus’ LED Intellitube® technology and applications was announced also in August 2010.  In addition, we completed qualification of seven families of solid state lighting fixtures developed under Naval Sea Systems Command (“NAVSEA”) and DARPA contracts.  The Company is currently shipping these products to the U. S. Navy.

Intellectual Property

We have a policy of seeking to protect our intellectual property through patents, license agreements, trademark registrations, confidential disclosure agreements and trade secrets, as management deems appropriate.  Our intellectual property portfolio consists of 79 issued United States and foreign patents of which 54 are currently in force, various pending United States patent applications, and various pending Patent Cooperation Treaty patent applications filed with the World Intellectual Property Organization that serves as the basis for national patent filings in countries of interest.  Our issued patents expire at various times between September 2014 and May 2031.   Generally, the term of patent protection is twenty years from the earliest effective filing date of the patent application. There can be no assurance; however, that our issued patents are valid or that any patents applied for will be issued, and that our competitors or customers will not copy aspects of our lighting systems or obtain information that we regard as proprietary.  There can also be no assurance that others will not independently develop products similar to ours.  The laws of some foreign countries in which we sell or may sell our products do not protect proprietary rights to products to the same extent as the laws of the United States.

During 2012, we retained the services of an independent financial advisory firm to determine the fair market value of certain patents and related patent applications, trade secrets and know-how that we own.  This intellectual property directly or indirectly relates to the current and anticipated Intellitube® products.  The valuation, dated November 30, 2012, was conducted in accordance with the Statement on Standards for Valuation Services promulgated by the American Institute of Certified Public Accounts and concluded that the estimated fair market value of the assets under review was approximately $70 million.

Backlog

We typically ship standard products within a few days after receipt of an order.  Custom products are shipped within 30-60 days of receipt of an order.  Generally, there is not a significant backlog of orders.  Our products segment backlog at the end of 2012 was $1.2 million, compared to $1.9 million at the end of 2011.  Our solutions segment backlog on awarded contracts totaled approximately $1.3 million compared to $2.0 million at the end of 2011.  Revenues from our 2012 backlog will be recognized over the course of 2013, as the services are performed or the materials are delivered.

Competition

Our commercial lighting products compete against a variety of lighting products, including conventional light sources such as incandescent light bulbs, metal halide lamps, LEDs, compact fluorescent lamps, competitive fiber optic lighting systems, and decorative lighting technologies.  Our ability to compete depends substantially upon the superior performance and lower lifecycle cost of our products and services.  Principal competitors in our markets include large lamp manufacturers, lighting fixture companies, distributors, lighting retrofit companies, and Energy Service Companies (“ESCOs”) whose financial resources may substantially exceed ours.  These competitors may introduce new or improved products that may reduce or eliminate some of the competitive advantage of our products.  We anticipate that the primary competition to our products will come from new technologies that offer increased energy efficiency, lower maintenance costs, and/or lower heat radiation.  In certain applications, we compete with LED systems produced by large lighting companies such as Philips and General Electric.  In traditional commercial lighting applications, we compete primarily with local and regional lighting manufacturers that, in many cases, are more established in their local markets than our Company.  In traditional commercial lighting, fiber optic lighting products are offered by a number of smaller companies, some of which compete aggressively on price.  Some of these competitors offer products with performance characteristics similar to those of our products.  Additionally, some conventional lighting companies now manufacture or license fiber optic lighting systems that compete with our products.

6

Our pool lighting products compete with other sources of in-pool lighting, including colored and color-changing underwater lighting, and pool accent lighting.  Principal competitive factors include price, performance, ease of installation, and maintenance requirements.  In the pool lighting market, we face competition from suppliers and distributors who bundle lighting and non-lighting products and sell these packages to pool builders and installers.  In addition, we face competition directly from manufacturers who produce their own lighting systems and components.  In this market, competitive products are offered by Pentair’s American Products Division, a major manufacturer of pool equipment and supplies, as well as Next Step Products LLC. In the spa lighting business, spa manufacturers install LED lighting systems during the manufacturing process.

Our SRC solutions business competes against other lighting retrofit companies, as well as some traditional ESCOs that self-perform the lighting component of their projects.  We compete primarily on the basis of financial impact, technology, light quality and design, client relationships, lighting application knowledge, energy efficiency, customer service and marketing support.

Insurance and Bonding

All of our properties and equipment are covered by insurance and we believe that such insurance is adequate.  In addition, we maintain general liability and workers compensation insurance in amounts that we believe are consistent with our risk of loss and industry practice.  In regards to our solution segment, we are often required to provide various types of surety bonds as an additional level of security of our performance.  We have a surety arrangement with one surety for which we provide cash collateral relating to our surety bonding program.  We believe that this cash collateral is sufficient to support our current bonding requirements.

Employees

As of December 31, 2012, we had 71 associates, 14 of whom are located in the United Kingdom and 57 in the United States.  None of our associates are subject to any collective bargaining agreement.

Business Segments

We have two reportable segments: products and solutions.  The products segment includes pool lighting, general commercial lighting, government products, and research and development services, each of which markets and sells lighting systems.  Our products are sold primarily in North America, Europe, and the Far East through a combination of direct sales employees, independent sales representatives and various distributors.  Our solutions segment provides turnkey, high-quality, energy-efficient lighting application alternatives, which are designed to enhance total value by positively impacting customers’ profitability, the environment and the communities served.  These solutions are sold in North America through our direct sales employees, as well as our SRC subsidiary, and include not only our proprietary energy-efficient lighting solutions, but also sourced lighting systems, energy audits and service agreements.

Available Information

Our Web site is located at http://www.efoi.com.  We make available free of charge, on or through our Web site, our annual, quarterly, and current reports, as well as any amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after electronically filing such reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).  Information contained on our Web site is not part of this report.

7

Item 1A. Risk Factors

We have a history of operating losses and may incur losses in the future, and our auditors have issued a “Going Concern” opinion.

We have experienced net losses of $5.7 million, $6.1 million and $8.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, we had an accumulated deficit of $80.6 million.  Although management continues to address many of the legacy issues that have historically burdened our financial performance, we still face challenges in order to reach profitability.  In order for us to attain profitability and growth, we will need to successfully address these challenges, including improvement in gross margins, execution of our marketing and sales plans for our turnkey energy-efficient lighting solutions business, the development of new technologies into sustainable product lines, the continuation of cost reductions throughout our organization, and continued improvements in our supply chain performance.

Although we are optimistic about reaching profitability, there is a risk that our business may not be as successful as we envision.  Our independent public accounting firm has issued an opinion in connection with our 2012 Annual Report on Form 10-K raising substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern.  This opinion stems from our historically poor operating performance, and our historical inability to generate sufficient cash flow to meet obligations and sustain operations without obtaining additional external financing.  Although we are optimistic about obtaining the funding necessary for us to continue as a going concern, there can be no assurances that this objective will be successful.  As such, we will continue to review and pursue selected external funding sources, if necessary, to execute these objectives including, but not limited to, the following:

· obtain financing from traditional or non-traditional investment capital organizations or individuals,

· potential sale or divestiture of one or more operating units, and

· obtain funding from the sale of our common stock or other equity or debt instruments.

Obtaining financing through the above-mentioned mechanisms contains risks, including:

· loans or other debt instruments may have terms and/or conditions, such as interest rate, restrictive covenants and control or revocation provisions, which are not acceptable to management or our Board of Directors,

· the current environment in capital markets combined with our capital constraints may prevent us from being able to obtain adequate debt financing,

· financing may not be available for parties interested in pursuing the acquisition of one or more of our operating units, and

· additional equity financing may not be available to us in the current capital environment and could lead to further dilution of shareholder value for current shareholders of record.

Depressed general economic conditions may adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Our business is sensitive to changes in general economic conditions, both inside and outside the United States.  An economic downturn may adversely impact our business.  In our legacy businesses, sales of our lighting products depend significantly upon the level of new building construction, which is affected by housing market trends, interest rates and the weather.  Sales of our pool and spa lighting products depend substantially upon the level of new pool construction, which is also affected by housing market and construction trends.  In addition, due to the seasonality of construction and the sales of swimming pool and lighting products, our revenue and income have tended to be significantly lower in the first quarter of each year.  We may experience substantial fluctuations in our operating results from period to period as a consequence of these factors.  Slow growth in the economy or an economic downturn could adversely affect our ability to meet our working capital requirements and growth objectives, or could otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.  As a result, any general or market-specific economic downturns, particularly those affecting new building construction and renovation, or that cause end-users to reduce or delay their purchases of lighting products, services, or retrofit activities, would have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are unable to respond effectively as new lighting technologies and market trends emerge, our competitive position and our ability to generate revenue and profits may be harmed.

To be successful, we will need to keep pace with rapid changes in LED technology, changing customer requirements, new product introductions by competitors and evolving industry standards, any of which could render our existing products obsolete if we fail to respond in a timely manner.  Development of new products incorporating advanced technology is a complex process subject to numerous uncertainties.  We have previously experienced, and could in the future, experience delays in the introduction of new products.  If effective new sources of light other than LED’s are discovered, our current products and technologies could become less competitive or obsolete.  If others develop innovative proprietary lighting technology that is superior to ours, or if we fail to accurately anticipate technology and market trends, respond on a timely basis with our own development of new products and enhancements to existing products, and achieve broad market acceptance of these products and enhancements, our competitive position may be harmed and we may not achieve sufficient growth in our net sales to attain or sustain profitability.

8

If we are not able to compete effectively against companies with greater resources, our prospects for future success will be jeopardized.

The lighting industry is highly competitive.  In the high performance lighting markets in which we sell our advanced lighting systems, our products compete with lighting products utilizing traditional lighting technology provided by many vendors.  Additionally, in the advanced lighting markets in which we have primarily competed to date, competition has largely been fragmented among a number of small manufacturers.  However, some of our competitors, particularly those that offer traditional lighting products, are larger companies with greater resources to devote to research and development, manufacturing and marketing.

Moreover, in the general lighting market, we expect to encounter competition from an even greater number of companies.  Our competitors are expected to include the large, established companies in the general lighting industry, such as General Electric, Osram Sylvania and Royal Philips Electronics.  Each of these competitors has undertaken initiatives to develop LED technology.  These companies have global marketing capabilities and substantially greater resources to devote to research and development and other aspects of the development, manufacture and marketing of LED lighting products than we possess.  The relatively low barriers to entry into the lighting industry and the limited proprietary nature of many lighting products also permit new competitors to enter the industry easily.

In each of our markets, we also anticipate the possibility that LED manufacturers, including those that currently supply us with LEDs, may seek to compete with us.  Our competitors’ lighting technologies and products may be more readily accepted by customers than our products.  Additionally, to the extent that competition in our markets intensifies, we may be required to reduce our prices in order to remain competitive.  If we do not compete effectively, or if we reduce our prices without making commensurate reductions in our costs, our net sales and profitability and our future prospects for success may be harmed.

If we are unable to obtain and adequately protect our intellectual property rights, our ability to commercialize our products could be substantially limited.

We consider our technology and processes proprietary.  If we are not able to adequately protect or enforce the proprietary aspects of our technology, competitors may utilize our proprietary technology.  As a result, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.  We protect our technology through a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, employee and third-party nondisclosure agreements, and similar means.  Despite our efforts, other parties may attempt to disclose, obtain or use our technologies.  Our competitors may also be able to independently develop products that are substantially equivalent or superior to our products or slightly modify our patents.  In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights as fully as do the laws of the United States.  As a result, we may not be able to protect our proprietary rights adequately in the United States or abroad.

We have engaged in litigation in the past and litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others.  Litigation may also be necessary to defend against claims of infringement or invalidity by others.  An adverse outcome in litigation or any similar proceedings could subject us to significant liabilities, require us to license disputed rights from others or require us to cease marketing or using certain products or technologies.  We may not be able to obtain any licenses on acceptable terms, if at all.  We also may have to indemnify certain customers if it is determined that we have infringed upon or misappropriated another party’s intellectual property.  The cost of addressing any intellectual property litigation claim, both in legal fees and expenses, and the diversion of management resources, regardless of whether the claim is valid, could be significant and could materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If critical components that we currently purchase from a small number of third-party suppliers become unavailable or third-party manufacturers otherwise experience delays, we may incur delays in shipment, which would damage our business.

We depend on others to manufacture a significant portion of the component parts incorporated into our products.  We purchase our component parts from third-party manufacturers that serve the advanced lighting systems market and believe that alternative sources of supply are readily available for most component parts.  However, consolidation in the lighting industry could result in one or more current suppliers being acquired by a competitor, rendering us unable to continue purchasing necessary amounts of key components at competitive prices.

In an effort to reduce manufacturing costs, we have outsourced the production of certain parts and components, as well as finished goods in our product lines, to a number of overseas suppliers.  While we believe alternative sources for the production of these products are available, we have selected these particular manufacturers based on their ability to consistently produce these products per our specifications, ensuring the best quality product at the most cost effective price.  We depend on our suppliers to satisfy performance and quality specifications and to dedicate sufficient production capacity within scheduled delivery times.  Although we maintain contracts with selected suppliers, we may be vulnerable to unanticipated price increases, payment term changes and product shortages.  Accordingly, the loss of all or one of these suppliers or delays in obtaining shipments could have a material adverse effect on our operations until such time as an alternative supplier could be found.   We may be subject to various import duties applicable to materials manufactured in foreign countries and may be affected by various other import and export restrictions, as well as other considerations or developments impacting upon international trade, including economic or political instability, shipping delays and product quotas.  These international trade factors will, under certain circumstances, have an impact on the cost of components, which will have an impact on the cost to us of the manufactured product and the wholesale and retail prices of our products.

9

If the companies to which we outsource the manufacture of our products fail to meet our requirements for quality, quantity, and timeliness, our revenue and reputation in the marketplace could be harmed.

We outsource a significant portion of the manufacture and assembly of our products.  We currently depend on a small number of contract manufacturers to manufacture our products at plants in various locations throughout the world, primarily in the United States, Mexico, China and Taiwan.  These manufacturers supply most of the necessary raw materials and provide all necessary facilities and labor to manufacture our products.  We currently do not have long-term contracts with all of these manufacturers.  If these companies were to terminate their arrangements with us without adequate notice, or fail to provide the required capacity and quality on a timely basis, we would be unable to manufacture and ship our lighting products until replacement manufacturing services could be obtained.  To qualify a new contract manufacturer, familiarize it with our products, quality standards and other requirements, and commence volume production is a costly and time-consuming process.  If it became necessary to do so, we may not be able to establish alternative manufacturing relationships on acceptable terms.

Our reliance on contract manufacturers involves certain additional risks, including the following:

· lack of direct control over production capacity and delivery schedules,

· lack of direct control over quality assurance, manufacturing yields, and production costs,

· risk of loss of inventory while in transit from China, Mexico and Taiwan, and

· risks associated with international commerce, particularly with China, Mexico and Taiwan, including unexpected changes in legal and regulatory requirements, changes in tariffs and trade policies, risks associated with the protection of intellectual property and political and economic instability.

Any interruption in our ability to manufacture and distribute products could result in delays in shipment, lost sales, reductions in revenue and damage to our reputation in the market, all of which would adversely affect our business.

We depend on independent distributors and sales representatives for a substantial portion of our net sales, and the failure to manage our relationships with these third parties, or the termination of these relationships, could cause our net sales to decline and harm our business.

We rely significantly on indirect sales channels to market and sell our products.  Most of our products are sold through third-party independent distributors and sales representatives.  In addition, these parties provide technical sales support to end-users.  Our current agreements within these sales channels are non-exclusive with regard to lighting products in general, but exclusive with respect to LED lighting and fiber optic products.  We anticipate that any such agreements we enter into in the future will be on similar terms. Furthermore, our agreements are generally short-term, and can be cancelled by these sales channels without significant financial consequence.  We cannot control how these sales channels perform and cannot be certain that we or end-users will be satisfied by their performance.  If these distributors and sales representatives significantly change their terms with us, or change their historical pattern of ordering products from us, there could be a significant impact on our net sales and profits.

Our products could contain defects or they may be installed or operated incorrectly, which could reduce sales of those products or result in claims against us.

Despite product testing, defects may be found in our existing or future products.  This could result in, among other things, a delay in the recognition or loss of net sales, loss of market share or failure to achieve market acceptance.  These defects could cause us to incur significant warranty, support and repair costs, divert the attention of our engineering personnel from our product development efforts, and harm our relationship with our customers.  The occurrence of these problems could result in the delay or loss of market acceptance of our lighting products and would likely harm our business.  Some of our products use line voltages (such as 120 or 240 AC), or are designed for installation in environments such as swimming pools and spas, which involve enhanced risk of electrical shock, injury or death in the event of a short circuit or other malfunction.  Defects, integration issues or other performance problems in our lighting products could result in personal injury or financial or other damages to end-users or could damage market acceptance of our products.  Our customers and end-users could also seek damages from us for their losses.  A product liability claim brought against us, even if unsuccessful, would likely be time consuming and costly to defend.

10

If we are unable to accurately estimate the risks, revenues or costs associated with a project, we may achieve a lower than expected profit or incur a loss on that project.

For the solutions segment of our business, we generally enter into fixed price contracts.  Fixed price contracts require us to perform a contract for a specified price regardless of our actual costs.  As a result, the profit that we realize on a contract is dependent on the extent to which we successfully manage our costs.  Cost overruns, whether due to inefficiency, inaccurate estimates or other factors, result in lower profit or a loss on a project.  A majority of our contracts are based on cost estimates that are subject to a number of assumptions.  If our estimates of the risks, revenues or costs prove inaccurate or circumstances change, we may incur a lower profit or a loss on that project.

Additionally, we recognize certain contract revenues, including revenues from our solutions segment, using the percentage-of-completion method.  Under this method, percentage-of-completion is determined by relating the actual cost of the work performed to date to the current estimated total cost of the respective contracts.  When the estimate on a contract indicates a loss, we record the entire loss during the accounting period in which it is estimable.  In the ordinary course of business, at a minimum on a quarterly basis, we prepare updated estimates of the total forecasted revenue, cost and profit or loss for each contract.  The cumulative effect of revisions in estimates of the total forecasted revenue and costs during the course of the work is reflected in the accounting period in which the facts that caused the revision become known.  To the extent that these revisions result in a reduction in revenue, we recognize a credit or a charge against current earnings, which could be material.

Our business may suffer if we fail to comply with government contracting laws and regulations.

We derive a portion of our revenues from direct and indirect sales to U.S., state, local, and foreign governments and their respective agencies. Such contracts are subject to various procurement laws and regulations, and contract provisions relating to their formation, administration and performance. Failure to comply with these laws, regulations or provisions in our government contracts could result in the imposition of various civil and criminal penalties, termination of contracts, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, or suspension from future government contracting. If our government contracts are terminated, if we are suspended from government work, or if our ability to compete for new contracts is adversely affected, our business could suffer.

An inability to obtain bonding could limit the number of solutions segment projects we are able to pursue.

As is customary in the construction business, we are often required to provide surety bonds to secure our performance under construction contracts.  Our ability to obtain surety bonds primarily depends upon our capitalization, working capital, past performance, management expertise and other external factors, including the overall capacity of the surety market.  Surety companies consider such factors in relation to the amount of our backlog and their underwriting standards, which may change from time to time.  The surety industry has undergone significant changes with several companies withdrawing completely from the industry or significantly reducing their bonding commitment.  In addition, certain reinsurers of security risk have limited their participation in this market.  Therefore, we could be unable to obtain surety bonds when required, which could adversely affect our future results of operations and revenues.

We have international sales and are subject to risks associated with operating in international markets.

For the years ending December 31, 2012, net sales of our products outside of the United States represented 10% of our total net sales.  We generally provide technical expertise and limited marketing support, while our independent international distributors generally provide sales staff, local marketing, and product services.  We believe our international distributors are better able to service international markets due to their understanding of local market conditions and best business practices.  International business operations are subject to inherent risks, including, among others:

· unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, tariffs, and other trade barriers or restrictions,

· potentially adverse tax consequences,

· the burdens of compliance with a wide variety of foreign laws,

· import and export license requirements and restrictions of the United States and each other country in which we operate,

· exposure to different legal standards and reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries,

· currency fluctuations and restrictions, and

· political, social, and economic instability, including war and the threat of war, acts of terrorism, pandemics, boycotts, curtailment of trade or other business restrictions.

We may not fully recognize the anticipated revenue reported in our backlog.

The contracts we enter into for our solutions segment can be relatively large and typically range in the amount of $0.1 million to as much as $4.0 million.  As of December 31, 2012, our solutions segment backlog of uncompleted work was $1.3 million.  We include a project in our backlog when a contract is awarded or a letter of intent is obtained.  The revenue projected in our backlog may not be realized or may not result in the revenue or profits expected.  If a project included in our backlog is canceled, suspended or the scope of work is reduced, it would result in a reduction to our backlog, which could affect the revenues and profits realized.  If a customer should cancel a project, we may be reimbursed for costs expended to date but would have no contractual right to the total projected revenues included in our backlog.  Cancellations or delays of significant projects could have a material adverse effect on future revenues, profits and cash flows.

11

If we are unable to attract or retain qualified personnel, our business and product development efforts could be harmed.

To a large extent, our future success will depend on the continued contributions of certain employees, such as our current Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer.  These and other key employees may be difficult to replace.  Our future success will also depend on our ability to attract and retain qualified technical, sales, marketing, and management personnel, for whom competition is very intense.  The loss of, or failure to attract, hire and retain any such persons could delay product development cycles, disrupt our operations, or otherwise harm our business or results of operations.  We have been successful in hiring experienced energy solutions salespeople from leading firms in the industry, but if these individuals are not successful in achieving our expectations, then planned sales may not occur and the anticipated net sales may not be realized.

A significant portion of our business is dependent upon the existence of government funding, which may not be available into the future and could result in a significant reduction in sales and could cause significant harm to our business.

A significant portion of our research and development efforts have been supported directly by government funding and were contracted for short periods, usually one to two years.  Further, a significant portion of net sales generated by SRC are derived from state government funding and supported by federal government funding.  If government funding is reduced or eliminated, there is no guarantee that we would be able to continue to fund our activities in these areas at their current levels, if at all.  If we are unable to maintain our access to government funding in these areas, there could be a significant impact on our net sales and profits.

We believe that certification and compliance issues are critical to adoption of our lighting systems, and failure to obtain such certification or compliance would harm our business.

We are required to comply with certain legal requirements governing the materials in our products. Although we are not aware of any efforts to amend any existing legal requirements or implement new legal requirements in a manner with which we cannot comply, our net sales might be adversely affected if such an amendment or implementation were to occur.

Moreover, although not legally required to do so, we strive to obtain certification for substantially all our products.  In the United States, we seek certification on substantially all of our products from Underwriters Laboratories (UL®) or Intertek Testing Services (ETL®). Where appropriate in jurisdictions outside the United States and Europe, we seek to obtain other similar national or regional certifications for our products.  Although we believe that our broad knowledge and experience with electrical codes and safety standards have facilitated certification approvals, we cannot ensure that we will be able to obtain any such certifications for our new products or that, if certification standards are amended, that we will be able to maintain such certifications for our existing products.  Moreover, although we are not aware of any effort to amend any existing certification standard or implement a new certification standard in a manner that would render us unable to maintain certification for our existing products or obtain ratification for new products, our net sales might be adversely affected if such an amendment or implementation were to occur.

We incur significant costs as a result of being a public company and our management is required to devote substantial time and financial resources to meet compliance obligations.

As a public company reporting to the Securities and Exchange Commission, we incur significant legal, accounting, investor relations, board compensation and other expenses.  We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, including section 404 that requires that we annually evaluate and report on our systems of internal controls.  In the future, there may be material weaknesses in our internal controls that would be required to be reported in future Annual Reports on Form 10-K and/or Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q.  A negative reaction by the equity markets to the reporting of a material weakness could cause our stock price to decline.

We could issue additional common stock or may need to request our shareholders to authorize additional shares of common stock, which might dilute the book value and market for our common stock.

We are authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of common stock, of which 44.7 million shares were issued and outstanding, as of March 15, 2013.  An additional 32 million shares have been reserved for issuance upon exercise of stock options. warrants or conversion of convertible debt.  If or when these securities are exercised into shares of our common stock, the number of our shares of common stock outstanding will increase. Increases in our outstanding shares, and any sales of shares, could have an adverse affect on the trading activity and market price of our common stock.  Our Board of Directors has the authority, without action or vote of our shareholders, to issue a sizeable part of our authorized but unissued shares.  Such stock issuances could be made at a price that reflects a discount or a premium from the then-current trading price of our common stock.  In addition, in order to raise capital or acquire businesses in the future, we may need to issue additional securities or promissory notes that are convertible or exchangeable for shares of our common stock.  These issuances would dilute shareholders’ percentage ownership interest, which would have the effect of reducing influence on matters on which our shareholders vote, and might dilute the book value of our common stock.  Shareholders may incur additional dilution if holders of stock options, whether currently outstanding or subsequently granted, exercise those options, or if warrant holders exercise warrants purchasing shares of our common stock.  If an insufficient amount of authorized, but unissued shares of common stock exists to issue in the future in connection with subsequent equity financing or acquisition transactions, we may be required to ask our shareholders to authorize additional shares before undertaking, or as a condition to completing, a financing or acquisition transaction.  We cannot be assured that our shareholders would authorize an increase in the number of shares of our common stock.

12

As a “thinly-traded” stock, large sales can and have placed negative pressure on our common stock price.

Our common stock trades Over-The-Counter under the symbol EFOI.  Despite certain increases of trading volume, from time to time we experience periods when our common stock could be considered “thinly-traded.”  Additionally, we have entered into in the past or may enter into in the future, financing or acquisition transactions resulting in a large number of newly issued shares that become immediately tradable or tradable simultaneously in the future.  These factors coupled with a limited number of market makers impairs the liquidity of our stock, not only the number of shares that can be bought and sold, but also the through possible delays in the timing of transactions, and lower prices for our common stock than might otherwise prevail.  This could make it difficult or impossible for an investor to sell shares of our common stock within a desired timeframe or to obtain a desired price.

In addition, from time to time, certain of our shareholders may be eligible to sell all, or a portion of, their shares of common stock by means of ordinary brokerage transactions in the open market pursuant to Rule 144, promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, or under effective resale prospectuses.  Any substantial sale of our common stock pursuant to Rule 144 or any resale prospectus may have an adverse affect on the market price of our securities.

We may be subject to legal claims against us or claims by us which could have a significant impact on our resulting financial performance.

At any given time, we may be subject to litigation, the disposition of which may have an adverse affect upon our business, financial condition, or results of operation.  Information regarding our current legal proceedings is presented below in Part I, Item 3.

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2.  Properties

Our principal executive offices are located in approximately a 25,000 square foot facility in Solon, Ohio, under a lease agreement expiring on April 30, 2014.  See Note 9, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

We also have leased facilities in Nashville, Tennessee, Pleasanton, California, and Berkshire, United Kingdom.  In addition, we have a contract manufacturing facility near Tijuana, Mexico.  We believe that our current facilities are adequate to support our current and anticipated operations.

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be involved in legal proceedings arising from the normal course of business.  As of the date of this report, we have not received notice of any new legal proceedings.

Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

During the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2012, there were no matters submitted to a vote of security holders.

13

Executive Officers of the Registrant

The following is the name, age, and present position of each of our executive officers, as well as all prior positions held by each of them during the last five years and when each of them was first elected or appointed as an executive officer.

Name	Age	Current Position and Business Experience
Joseph G. Kaveski	52	Chief Executive Officer and Director – May 2008 to present.  Prior to joining Energy Focus, Mr. Kaveski led his own strategic consulting business, TGL Company.  As a consultant, he worked with equity investors and publicly traded companies on strategic initiatives and planning.  Other corporations Mr. Kaveski has worked for include Johnson Controls, Inc. where he was Vice President of Energy Management Services and Strategic Projects.
Eric W. Hilliard	45	Chief Operating Officer and Vice President – November 2006 to present.  Prior to joining Energy Focus, Mr. Hilliard served in Business and Operations Management at Saint Gobain‘s Aerospace Flight Structures Division from 2002 to 2006 overseeing the global sales and operations for composite flight structure components to customers such as Embraer, Gulfstream and EADS. Other career assignments include Goodrich Aerospace, Chemical Leaman, and the HJ Heinz Company serving in operational and international roles throughout his career.
Mark J. Plush	63	Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Finance– July 2011 to present.  Prior to joining Energy Focus, Mr. Plush served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer with Keithley Instruments from 1998 to 2010.
Roger F. Buelow	40	Chief Technology Officer and Vice President – July 2005 to present.  Vice President of Engineering from February 2003 to July 2005.  Prior to joining Energy Focus, Mr. Buelow was the Director of Engineering at Unison Fiber Optic Lighting Systems, LLC, and was with GE Lighting.

14

PART II

Item 5.  Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Our common stock is traded Over-The-Counter under the symbol EFOI.  The following table sets forth the high, low, and close market prices per share for our common stock as reported by NASDAQ:

	High		Low		Close
First quarter 2012	$	0.72	$	0.16	$	0.42
Second quarter 2012		0.44		0.23		0.24
Third quarter 2012		0.29		0.21		0.24
Fourth quarter 2012		0.27		0.16		0.16
First quarter 2011	$	1.35	$	0.91	$	1.22
Second quarter 2011		1.16		0.38		0.48
Third quarter 2011		0.69		0.35		0.36
Fourth quarter 2011		0.47		0.17		0.20

In the second quarter of 2011, the NASDAQ Listing Qualifications Department notified the Company that the bid price of our common stock had closed at less than $1.00 per share over the previous 30 consecutive business days, and provided us with 180 days, or until November 14, 2011, to regain compliance with the NASDAQ Capital Marketing listing rule.  On November 14, 2011, the Company’s stock had not traded above $1.00 per share, and the Company was not in compliance with a second rule; shareholders’ equity was less than $5 million.  Our stock began being listed on the Over The Counter Bulletin Board (“OTCBB”) at the opening of the markets on November 29, 2011.  On December 15, 2011, NASDAQ announced that the Company’s stock was delisted.

Effective January 15, 2013, the Company’s common stock was deleted from OTCBB, as it became ineligible for quotation due to quoting inactivity under SEC Rule 15c2-11.

Market prices during the timeframe when the Company’s common stock traded on the OTCBB reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail markup, markdown or commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.

Stockholders

There were approximately 124 holders of record of our common stock as of March 7, 2013, however, a large number of our shareholders hold their stock in “street name” in brokerage accounts.  Therefore, they do not appear on the shareholder list maintained by our transfer agent.

Dividends

We have not declared or paid any cash dividends, and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

Shares Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table details information regarding our existing equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2012:

	Equity Compensation Plan Information
Plan category	Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights		Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights		Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a))
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders		2,184,583		2.20		3,345,667(1)

(1) Includes 123,867 shares available for issuance under the 1994 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

15

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data

The Selected Consolidated Financial Data set forth below have been derived from our Consolidated Financial Statements.  It should be read in conjunction with the information appearing under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in Item 7 of this report and the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes found in Item 8 of this report.

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,	2012			2011			2010			2009			2008
OPERATING SUMMARY
Net sales from continuing operations	$	29,837		$	25,752		$	35,129		$	12,489		$	20,032
Gross profit from continuing operations		6,237			5,171			6,403			2,040			4,106
Net loss from continuing operations		(5,709	)		(6,055	)		(8,517	)		(9,814	)		(12,673	)
Net loss from discontinued operations		-			-			-			(1,201	)		(1,775	)
Net loss		(5,709	)		(6,055	)		(8,517	)		(11,015	)		(14,448	)
Net loss per share:
Basic	$	(0.14	)	$	(0.25	)	$	(0.37	)	$	(0.70	)	$	(1.02	)
Diluted	$	(0.14	)	$	(0.25	)	$	(0.37	)	$	(0.70	)	$	(1.02	)
Shares used in per share calculation:
Basic		41,322			24,669			22,791			15,763			14,182
Diluted		41,322			24,669			22,791			15,763			14,182
FINANCIAL POSITION SUMMARY
Total assets	$	14,353		$	13,778		$	20,374		$	17,378		$	23,636
Cash and cash equivalents		1,181			2,136			4,107			1,062			10,568
Credit line borrowings		1,590			701			-			-			1,904
Current portion of long-term borrowings		756			855			481			-			54
Long-term borrowings		1,793			955			1,344			715			245
Shareholders' equity		825			1,468			6,658			11,505			16,789
Common shares outstanding		44,699			24,913			23,962			21,250			14,835

16

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Overview

Energy Focus, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) engage in the design, development, manufacturing, marketing, and installation of energy-efficient lighting systems and solutions where we serve two segments:

· Solutions providing turnkey, high-quality, energy-efficient lighting application alternatives primarily to the existing public-sector building market; and

· Product providing military, general commercial and industrial lighting and pool lighting offerings, each of which markets and sells energy-efficient lighting systems.

We continue to evolve our business strategy to include providing our customers with turnkey, comprehensive energy-efficient general lighting solutions, which use, but are not limited to, our patented and proprietary technology.  Our products segment include light-emitting diode (“LED”), fiber optic, high-intensity discharge (“HID”), fluorescent tube and other highly energy-efficient lighting technologies.  Typical savings related to our current technology of the Company approximates 80% in electricity costs, while providing full-spectrum light closely simulating daylight colors.  Our strategy also incorporates continued investment into the research of new and emerging energy sources including LED and solar energy applications.

During 2011, we made major progress in our plan to reposition the Company for growth and profitability. This plan involved three major areas of focus, which included:

· Dramatic reduction of operating expenses.

· Receipt of a $23.1 million order for the U.S. Navy to retrofit approximately 7% of the Naval fighting fleet with LED lighting products, including Intellitube® lamps.  We invoiced the U.S. Navy $1.9 million through December 2011 for products and services related to this contract.

· Added sales resources and broadened our customer base at Stones River Companies, LLC (“SRC”) during 2011, which helped us grow our lighting retrofit business by 10% in 2012.

During 2012, we continued to focus on these areas and reduced our spending in sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses by 8% from 2011.  We shipped an additional $2.5 million against the U.S. Navy Contract, and grew total sales by 16% from 2011.

We were awarded $2.4 million in research contracts and grants.  We were awarded approximately $0.9 million to develop next generation lighting for future U.S. Navy vessels.  Like our smaller berth light that has been sailing in the Virginia Class Nuclear submarines for almost two years, this next generation lighting will utilize a larger version of our optical wave guide technology.  In January, we were awarded $0.1 million in a subcontract under the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (“DARPA”) on the Manufacturable Gradient Index Optics Phase 2 BAA, where in part, we explored further optical advancements to Intellitube® technology.  In November, we were awarded a $0.2 million Phase I Small Business Innovation Research (“SBIR”) contract from the Department of Energy (“DoE”) for “Lighting Controls Software for Self-Commissioning and Optimized Energy Savings,” where we further develop the ultra low cost sensor network to compliment Intellitube®, the Company’s LED based fluorescent replacement technology.  In December, we learned that we were selected to received funding for at least a $1.2 million award by the Executive Control Board of the National Shipbuilding Research Program (“NSRP”) for the development of a “New Best” LED lighting solution for the U.S. Navy’s 2-bulb fluorescent fixture.  NSRP is a collaboration of U.S. Shipyards that focus on common issues with a goal of reducing the cost of acquiring, operating and maintaining Navy Ships.  This new best solution utilizes Energy Focus' existing Intellitube® product.

17

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth the percentage of net sales represented by certain items reflected on our Consolidated Statements ofOperations for the years ended December 31:

	2012			2011			2010
Net sales		100.0	%		100.0	%		100.0	%
Cost of sales		79.1			79.9			81.8
Gross profit		20.9			20.1			18.2
Operating expenses:
Research and development		1.2			(2.0	)		(0.6	)
Sales and marketing		19.1			24.1			18.3
General and administrative		15.6			19.7			17.4
Loss on impairment		2.2			-			0.4
Valuation of equity instruments		-			0.2			5.1
Change in estimate of contingent liabilities		(0.3	)		(1.6	)		-
Restructuring		-			-			0.1
Total operating expenses		37.8			40.4			40.7
Loss from operations		(16.9	)		(20.3	)		(22.5	)
Other income (expense):
Interest expense		(1.7	)		(3.3	)		(1.6	)
Other income (expense)		(0.5	)		0.1			(0.1	)
Loss before income taxes		(19.1	)		(23.5	)		(24.2	)
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes		0.0			0.0			(0.0	)
Net loss		(19.1	) %		(23.5	) %		(24.2	) %

Net sales

Our sales breakdown by business segment is as follows (in thousands):

	Year ending December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Solutions:
Net sales - solutions segment	$	10,569	$	9,563	$	19,763
Products:
Net sales - pool and commercial		14,948		11,911		12,265
Net sales - government products/R&D services		4,320		4,278		3,101
Total net sales - product segment		19,268		16,189		15,366
Total net sales	$	29,837	$	25,752	$	35,129

Net sales increased 16% in 2012 from 2011, due mainly to $3.0 million of higher pool and commercial sales as the market begins to adopt LED lighting solutions.  Additionally, solutions sales for SRC increased $1.0 million, or 11%, from 2011.  Net sales decreased 27% in 2011 from 2010.  This decrease was primarily related to $10.2 million of lower solution sales for SRC, due mainly to fewer contracts from two key Energy Services Companies (“ESCOs”).  Slightly offsetting the decrease in 2011 from 2010 was an increase in government products/R&D services of $1.2 million.  The increase was due primarily to the U.S. Navy contract received in 2011; $1.9 million of which was shipped through December 2011.

18

International sales

We have a foreign manufacturing operation in the United Kingdom, and net sales and expenses from these operations are denominated in local currency, thereby creating exposures to changes in exchange rates.  Fluctuations in this operation’s respective currency may have an impact on our business, results of operations and financial position.  We currently do not use financial instruments to hedge our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations with respect to our international operations.  As a result, we may experience foreign currency translation gains or losses due to the volatility of other currencies compared to the United States dollar, which may positively or negatively affect our results of operations attributed to these operations.  International net sales accounted for 10.2% of net sales in 2012, compared to 15.6% in 2011, and 10.9% for 2010.  The effect of changes in currency exchange rates was not material in 2012, 2011 or 2010.  The breakdown of our global sales is as follows (in thousands):

	Years ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
United States Domestic	$	26,798	$	21,730	$	31,314
International		3,039		4,022		3,815
Net sales	$	29,837	$	25,752	$	35,129

Gross profit

Gross profit was $6.2 million, or 20.9% of net sales, in 2012, compared to $5.2 million, or 20.1%, in 2011, and $6.4 million, or 18.2% in 2010.  The increase in 2012 resulted from higher sales, as well as gross profit margin improvements from pool and commercial products where we have been working with our supply chains to improve profit margins.  Gross profit margins for the products segment was 25.0% in 2012, versus 22.5% in 2011. Gross profit margins for the solutions segment decreased 2.5 percentage points to 13.4% in 2012 from 2011 due to accepting lower margin contracts.

Gross profit decreased $1.2 million in 2011 from 2010, although increased as a percentage of net sales by 1.9 percentage points.  This was due to lower sales, partially offset by approximately a $1.0 million reduction in manufacturing overhead costs as a result of our cost reduction efforts in the products segment.  Gross profit for the product segment was 22.5% in 2011 and 19.3% in 2010, while the gross profit for the solutions segment was 15.9% in 2011 and 17.4% in 2010.

Operating expenses

Research and development

Gross research and development expenses were $3.4 million in 2012, a 24.7% decrease from $4.5 million in 2011.  The decrease was due primarily to lower project costs related to developing product for the U.S. Navy, as well as lower patent expenses and employee incentive costs, which were partially offset by higher depreciation and consultant costs.  In 2011, gross research and development increased 50.5% from $3.0 million in 2010.  This increase was due to higher salary expense, and project and consultant costs as a result of developing Intellitube® for the U.S. Navy contract.   Patent expense also increased as a result of activities related to Intellitube®.

Research and development expenses include salaries, contractor and consulting fees, supplies and materials, as well as costs related to other overhead items such as depreciation and facilities costs.  Research and development costs are expensed as they are incurred.

Total government reimbursements are the combination of revenues and credits from government contracts.

The gross and net research and development spending along with credits from government contracts is shown in the following table (in thousands):

	Year ending December 31,
Net Research & Development Spending	2012			2011			2010
Total gross research and development expenses		3,355			4,456			2,961
Cost recovery through cost of sales		(2,150	)		(3,519	)		(2,382	)
Cost recovery and other Credits		(837	)		(1,452	)		(781	)
Net research & development expense / (income)	$	368		$	(515	)	$	(202	)

19

Sales and marketing

Sales and marketing expenses were $5.7 million, or 19.1% of net sales, in 2012, compared to $6.2 million, or 24.1% of net sales, in 2011. The decrease was due primarily to lower expenses in the products segment for salaries and benefits, as well as lower rent and recruiting, partially offset by higher consultant costs.  In February 2012, the Company entered into an Asian Business Development/Collaboration Agreement with Communal International Ltd.  The agreement has a 36 month term, and we expensed $270 thousand in 2012 under this agreement.  Please refer to Note 14, Related Party Transactions, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of these transactions.

Sales and marketing expenses in 2011 decreased 3.4% from $6.4 million, or 18.3% of net sales, in 2010.  This decrease was due primarily to lower commissions in the solutions segment as a result of lower sales.  In 2011, sales and marketing expenses for solutions totaled $1.3 million versus $1.4 million in 2010.  Sales and marketing expenses for products in 2011 was $4.6 million versus $4.8 million in 2010, primarily due to lower salaries and benefits.

General and administrative

General and administrative expenses were $4.6 million, or 15.6% of net sales, in 2012 versus $5.1 million, or 19.7%, in 2011 and $6.1 million or 17.4%, in 2010.  The 8.2% decrease in 2012 was primarily due to lower amortization of intangible assets from the acquisition of SRC in the solutions segment, and lower corporate legal fees and discretionary spending.  The 17.2% decrease in 2011 was due to lower amortization of intangible assets from the acquisition of SRC, lower stock option expense, and lower legal and accounting fees.

Loss on impairment

As of December 31, 2012, we wrote off $672 thousand of goodwill related to the acquisition of SRC in Nashville, Tennessee, which occurred on December 31, 2009.  Management tests goodwill annually for impairment at the reporting unit level and determines fair value through the use of a discounted cash flow valuation model.  Based upon the historical losses incurred, it was determined that the goodwill was impaired.

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable.  In 2010, the Company decided to relocate the Solon, Ohio commercial products operations to its facilities in Mexico and California. This decision created a “triggering event” necessitating review of its long-lived assets.  In performing the review, the Company obtained quoted market prices for similar assets while also considering market demand for these assets.  As a result of this review, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $156 thousand in 2010, which represented the difference between the fair value of the assets and their carrying value.

Valuation of equity instruments

During the first quarter of 2010, we recognized a non-cash charge of $1.4 million related to the valuation of warrants to purchase shares of our common stock acquired by The Quercus Trust (“Quercus”) in our March 2008 equity financing.  Furthermore, during the second quarter of 2010, we recognized non-cash charges of $329 thousand related to the valuation of 350,000 warrants issued to Lincoln Park Capital Partners, LLC.  In addition during 2011, we recorded non-cash charges of an additional $56 thousand relating to the valuation of our common stock issued to Lincoln Park Capital Partners, LLC.

Change in estimate of contingent liabilities

In connection with the acquisition of SRC in December 2009, the Company recorded a performance-related contingent obligation related to a 2.5% payout payable over 42 months commencing January 1, 2010 and based upon the fair value of projected annual billings of the acquired business.  The Company accrued for this contingent liability at its estimated fair value at the time of the acquisition.  In the fourth quarter of 2012 and 2011, the Company reassessed the carrying value of the contingent liability related to the 2.5% payout and, based upon revised projected future billings, subsequently recorded reductions to the contingent liability of $102 thousand and $411 thousand, respectively.  See Note 9, Commitments and Contingencies, for further information.

Restructuring

We incurred no restructuring charges during 2012 or 2011.  For the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, we recognized restructuring expenses of $26 thousand.  These expenses were associated with the relocation of manufacturing equipment and operations in Solon, Ohio to a third-party warehouse facility located in California.

20

Other Income and Expenses

We had interest expense of $511 thousand, $861 thousand and $573 thousand in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  Interest expense is primarily related to our debt, which includes the amortization of debt discounts.  Interest income was $2 thousand in 2012 compared to $4 thousand in 2011 and $6 thousand in 2010.

Other income (expense) consists primarily of the amortization of loan origination costs, and facility and other fees related to the line of credit agreement.

Income Taxes

We provided a full valuation allowance against our United States deferred tax assets in 2012, 2011 and 2010.  The net deferred tax assets for 2012 and 2011 were $2 thousand for our United Kingdom subsidiary, which has been profitable in prior years.  We had no net deferred liabilities at December 31, 2012 and 2011.  There were no Federal tax expenses for the United States operations in 2012, 2011 and 2010, as any expected benefits were offset by an increase in the valuation allowance.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company has a net operating loss carry-forward of approximately $70.7 million for federal, state and local income tax purposes. If not utilized, these carry-forwards will begin to expire in 2021 for federal and have begun to expire for state and local purposes.  Due to changes in the Company’s capital structure, the net operating loss carry-forward available to the Company in future years to offset future taxable liabilities may be limited under section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”).  We are currently reviewing the rules under this section of the Code, but believe that the limitation on our net operating loss carry-forward may be significant.

Net Loss

The net loss was $5.7 million for 2012, a 5.7% decrease from the net loss for 2011 of $6.1 million.  The net loss for 2012 includes a non-cash charge for $672 thousand for the write-off of the goodwill associated with the 2009 acquisition of SRC. The net loss recorded in 2011 decreased $2.5 million from the net loss of $8.5 million for 2010.  Included in the net loss for 2010 are non-cash charges of $2.0 million related to a charge for the impairment of long-lived assets and the valuation of equity instruments.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.  We have incurred substantial losses, and as of December 31, 2012, we had an accumulated deficit of $80.6 million.  Although management continues to address the issues that have historically burdened our financial performance, we may require additional financing for operating expenses, working capital and other corporate purposes.  In order for us to attain profitability and growth, we will need to improve gross margins, successfully execute our marketing and sales plans for our turnkey energy-efficient lighting solutions business, receive additional orders on and fulfill the $23.1 million U.S. Navy supply contract, and develop new technologies that result in sustainable product lines.

The following is a summary of our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities, as reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (in thousands):

	2012			2011			2010
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$	(6,966	)	$	(2,617	)	$	1,493
Net cash used in investing activities	$	(329	)	$	(237	)	$	(282	)
Proceeds from issuances of common stock, net	$	4,826		$	456		$	669
Proceeds from exercise of stock options		-			5			8
Proceeds from other borrowings		1,500			605			1,150
Payments on other borrowings		(886	)		(892	)		-
Net proceeds on credit lint borrowings		889			701			-
Net cash provided by financing activities	$	6,329		$	875		$	1,827

21

At December 31, 2012, our cash and cash equivalents were $1.2 million, compared to $2.1 million at December 31, 2011, and $4.1 million at December 31, 2010.  The 2012 balance included restricted cash of $252 thousand compared to $19 thousand in 2011 and $128 thousand in 2010. The restricted cash represents funds received from a grant from/for a branch of the United States government. We had $4.1 million in borrowings as of December 31, 2012 including $1.6 million outstanding on our line of credit.  This compares with $2.5 million at December 31, 2011, and $1.8 million at December 31, 2010.

Cash (Used in) Provided by Operating Activities

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities primarily consists of net losses adjusted by non-cash items, including depreciation, amortization, stock-based compensation, loss on impairment, and the effect of changes in working capital.  In 2012, net cash used in operating activities resulted primarily from net loss of $5.7 million and a $2.7 million increase in receivables.  Day’s sales outstanding were 60 at December 31, 2012.  Cash decreased during 2011 by a net loss of $6.1 million, which was partially offset by $2.4 million of non-cash charges to net income and a $1.0 million decrease in net assets and liabilities.

Cash Used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was for the purchase of property and equipment.  The Company expects capital expenditures in 2013 will be somewhat higher than they were in 2012.  In many cases, the expenditures are included in the funding received for our various government contracts.  We capitalize these expenditures if the equipment belongs to the Company per the contact terms and will continue to be used after the completion of the contract.

Cash Provided by Financing Activities

During the first quarter of 2012, the Company raised $4.8 million, net of issuance costs, by entering into Securities Purchase Agreements with ten investors.  Under the terms of the agreements, 19.6 million units, each consisting of one share of common stock and one-half warrant to purchase one share of commons stock were issued.  The units were priced at $0.25 each based upon a formula involving the stock’s 30-day average price prior to February 24, 2012.  Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of common stock at an exercise price of $0.54.  Please refer to Note 10, Shareholders’ Equity, for a discussion of these transactions.

During the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company raised $1.5 million by entering into three-year unsecured subordinated convertible notes.  The convertible debt matures on December 31, 2015, has a 5% annual interest rate, and is convertible into common stock of the Company at a price of $0.23 per share.  Please refer to Note 8, Debt, for a discussion of this transaction.

During the first quarter of 2013, the Company embarked on a program to raise up to $3.8 million in convertible debt, and through March 6, 2013, had raised $1.7 million.  The structure of the financing consists of unsecured subordinated convertible promissory notes that mature on December 31, 2016, have a 5% annual interest rate, and are convertible into common stock of the Company at a price of $0.23 per share.  See Note 16, Subsequent Events, for a discussion of these transactions.

Credit Facilities

On December 22, 2011, the Company entered into a $4.5 million revolving line of credit with Rosenthal & Rosenthal.  The total loan amount available to us under the line of credit is equal to 85% of our net amount of eligible receivables, plus available inventory (the lesser of 50% of the lower of cost or market value of eligible inventory, or $250 thousand).  At December 31, 2012, we had $1.6 million outstanding and approximately $200 thousand available under the line of credit based upon eligible receivables and inventories balances.  The credit facility is secured by a lien on our domestic assets.  The interest rate for borrowing on accounts receivable is 8.5%, on inventories 10.0% and on overdrafts 13.0%.  Additionally, there is an annual 1% facility fee on the entire amount of the credit facility, $4.5 million, payable at the beginning of the year.  The Credit Facility is a three year agreement, expiring on December 31, 2014, unless terminated sooner.  There are liquidated damages if the Credit Facility is terminated prior to December 31, 2014, which are based on the maximum credit facility amount then in effect.  The damages are:  3% if terminated prior to the first anniversary of the closing date, 2% if terminated prior to the second anniversary of the closing date, and 1% if terminated prior to the third anniversary of the closing date.  We are required to comply with certain financial covenants, measured quarterly, including, as defined in the agreement:  a tangible net worth amount and a working capital amount.  We were in compliance with the financial covenants at December 31, 2012.

22

Contractual Obligations

The following summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2012, consisting of current and future payments for borrowings in the United States, and minimum lease payments under operating leases (in thousands):

	United States			Non-Cancelable
	Long-Term			Operating
Year ending December 31,	Borrowings			Leases		Total
2013	$	804		$	591	$	1,395
2014		59			212		271
2015		1,566			88		1,654
2016		72			78		150
2017 and thereafter		96			27		123
Total contractual obligations, gross		2,597			996		3,593
Less: discounts on long-term borrowings and sublease payments		(48	)		-		(48	)
Total contractual obligations, net	$	2,549		$	996	$	3,545

There are additional obligations due in 2013 related to the acquisition of SRC.  For further information regarding our contractual obligations, refer to Note 8, Debt, and Note 9, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We had no off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2012 or 2011.

Going Concern

Our independent public accounting firm has issued an opinion in connection with our 2012 Annual Report on Form 10-K raising substantial doubt as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.  This opinion stems from our historically poor operating performance and our historical inability to generate sufficient cash flow to meet obligations and sustain operations without obtaining additional external financing.  We remain optimistic about obtaining the funding necessary to continue as a going concern; however, there can be no assurances that this objective will be successful.  As such, the Company continues to review and pursue selected external funding sources, if necessary, to execute these objectives including, but not limited to, the following:

· obtain financing from traditional and non-traditional investment capital organizations or individuals,

· potential sale or divestiture of one or more operating units, and

· obtain funding from the sale of common stock or other equity or debt instruments.

Obtaining financing through the above-mentioned mechanisms contains risks, including:

· loans or other debt instruments may have terms and/or conditions, such as interest rate, restrictive covenants, and control or revocation provisions, which are not acceptable to management or the Board of Directors,

· the current environment in capital markets combined with our capital constraints may prevent us from being able to obtain adequate debt financing,

· financing may not be available for parties interested in pursuing the acquisition of one or more of our operating units, and

· additional equity financing may not be available to us in the current capital environment and could lead to further dilution of shareholder value for current shareholders of record.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires that we make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingencies, and the reported amounts of net sales and expenses in the financial statements.  Material differences may result in the amount and timing of net sales and expenses if different judgments or different estimates were utilized.  Critical accounting policies, judgments, and estimates that we believe have the most significant impact on our financial statements are set forth below:

· revenue recognition,

· allowances for doubtful accounts, returns and discounts,

· impairment of long-lived assets,

· valuation of inventories,

· accounting for income taxes, and

· share-based compensation.

23

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when it is realized or realizable, has been earned, and when all of the following has occurred:

· persuasive evidence or an arrangement exists (e.g., a sales order, a purchase order, or a sales agreement),

· shipment has occurred, with the standard shipping term being F.O.B. ship point, or services provided on a proportional performance basis or installation has been completed,

· price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, and

· collectability is reasonably assured.

Revenues from our products segment are generally recognized upon shipping based upon the following:

· all sales made by the Company to its customer base are non-contingent, meaning that they are not tied to that customer’s resale of products,

· standard terms of sale contain shipping terms of F.O.B. ship point, meaning that title and risk of loss is transferred when shipping occurs, and

· there are no automatic return provisions that allow the customer to return the product in the event that the product does not sell within a defined timeframe.

Revenues and profits from our solutions segment are generally recognized by applying percentage-of-completion for the period to the estimated profits for the respective contracts.  Percentage-of-completion is determined by relating the actual cost of the work performed to date to the current estimated total cost of the respective contracts.  When the estimate on a contract indicates a loss, the Company’s policy is to record the entire loss during the accounting period in which it is estimable.  In the ordinary course of business, at a minimum on a quarterly basis, the Company prepares updated estimates of the total forecasted revenue, cost and profit or loss for each contract.  The cumulative effect of revisions in estimates of the total forecasted revenue and costs during the course of the work is reflected in the accounting period in which the facts that caused the revision become known.  The financial impact of these revisions to any one contract is a function of both the amount of the revision and the percentage-of- completion of the contract.  Revenues from our solutions segment will generally be larger contracts and may range from three to eighteen months in duration.

In accordance with normal practices in the industry, we include in current assets and current liabilities amounts related to contracts realizable and payable.  Billings in excess of costs represents the excess of contract billings to date over the amount of contract costs and profits (or contract revenue) recognized to date on a percentage-of-completion basis.  Costs in excess of billings represents the excess of contract costs and profits (or contract revenue) recognized to date on the percentage-of-completion basis over the amount of contract billings to date on the remaining contracts.  See Note 7, Contracts in Progress, for additional information.

Revenues from research & development contracts are recognized primarily on the percentage-of-completion method of accounting.  Deferred revenue is recorded for the excess of contract billings over the amount of contract costs and profits.  Costs in excess of billings, included in prepaid and other assets, are recorded for contract costs in excess of contract billings.

We warrant our products against defects or workmanship issues.  We set up allowances for estimated returns, discounts, and warranties upon recognition of revenue and these allowances are adjusted periodically to reflect actual and anticipated returns, discounts, and warranty expenses.  These allowances are based on past history and historical trends, and contractual terms.  Our distributor’s obligation to us is not contingent upon the resale of our products and as such does not prohibit revenue recognition.

Allowances for Doubtful Accounts, Returns, and Discounts

We establish allowances for doubtful accounts and returns for probable losses based on the customers’ loss history with us, the financial condition of the customer, the condition of the general economy and the industry as a whole, and the contractual terms established with the customer.  The specific components are as follows:

· Allowance for doubtful accounts for accounts receivable, and

· Allowance for sales returns.

In 2012, the total allowance was $265 thousand, with $176 thousand related to accounts receivable and $89 thousand related to sales returns.  In 2011, the total allowance was $447 thousand, with $224 thousand related to accounts receivable and $223 thousand related to sales returns.  We review these allowance accounts periodically and adjust them accordingly for current conditions.

24

Long-lived Assets

Property and equipment is stated at cost and include expenditures for additions and major improvements.  Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to operations as incurred.  We use the straight-line method of depreciation over their estimated useful lives of the related assets (generally two to fifteen years) for financial reporting purposes.  Accelerated methods of depreciation are used for federal income tax purposes.  When assets are sold or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.  Refer to Note 4, Property and Equipment, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

We classify intangible assets into two categories: (1) intangible assets with definite lives subject to amortization, and (2) goodwill. We determine the useful lives of our identifiable intangible assets after considering the specific facts and circumstances related to each intangible asset. Factors we consider when determining useful lives include the contractual term of any agreement related to the asset, the historical performance of the asset, our long-term strategy for using the asset, any laws or other local regulations which could impact the useful life of the asset, and other economic factors, including competition and specific market conditions. Intangible assets that are deemed to have definite lives are amortized, on a straight-line basis or other method which best approximates cash flows, over their useful lives, ranging from 5 to 10 years.  Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in a business acquisition.  Refer to Note 5, Goodwill and Intangible Assets, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Long-lived assets, other than goodwill, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Events or circumstances that would result in an impairment review primarily include operations reporting losses, a significant change in the use of an asset, or the planned disposal or sale of the asset.  The asset would be considered impaired when the future net undiscounted cash flows generated by the asset are less than its carrying value.  An impairment loss would be recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value, as determined by quoted market prices (if available) or the present value of expected future cash flows.

We evaluate goodwill for impairment at least annually using the projected present value of future cash flows of the reporting unit, taking into account historical performance.  A significant amount of judgment is required in estimating fair value of the reporting unit.  Based on historical losses incurred, it was determined that goodwill was impaired, and in 2012, we wrote off the entire $672 thousand balance of goodwill, which resulted from our 2009 acquisition of SRC, as a result of our evaluation.

Valuation of Inventories

We state inventories at the lower of standard cost (which approximates actual cost determined using the first-in-first-out method) or market.  We establish provisions for excess and obsolete inventories after evaluation of historical sales, current economic trends, forecasted sales, product lifecycles, and current inventory levels.  During 2012, 2011 and 2010, we charged $217 thousand, $236 thousand, and $295 thousand, respectively, to cost of sales for excess and obsolete inventories.  Adjustments to our estimates, such as forecasted sales and expected product lifecycles, could harm our operating results and financial position.

Accounting for Income Taxes

As part of the process of preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements, we are required to estimate our income tax liability in each of the jurisdictions in which we do business.  This process involves estimating our actual current tax expense together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items, such as deferred revenues, for tax and accounting purposes.  These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.  We then assess the likelihood that these deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent that we believe that recovery is more likely than not, or is unknown, we establish a valuation allowance.

Significant management judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and liabilities, and any valuation allowance recorded against our deferred tax assets.  At December 31, 2012 and 2011, we have recorded a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets in the United States due to uncertainties related to our ability to utilize our deferred tax assets, primarily consisting of certain net operating losses carried forward.  The valuation allowance is based upon our estimates of taxable income by jurisdiction and the period over which our deferred tax assets will be recoverable.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company has a net operating loss carry-forward of approximately $70.7 million for federal, state and local income tax purposes. If not utilized, these carry-forwards will begin to expire in 2021 for federal and have begun to expire for state and local purposes.  Due to changes in the Company’s capital structure, the net operating loss carry-forward available to the Company in future years to offset future taxable liabilities may be limited under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”).  Management is currently reviewing the rules under this section of the Code, but believes that the limitation on our net operating loss carry-forward may be significant.  Refer to Note 11, Income Taxes, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

25

Share-Based Payments

The cost of employee and director stock options, as well as other share-based compensation arrangements, is reflected in the Consolidated Financial Statements based on the estimated fair value of the awards on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.  Weighted average assumptions used in the model include the expected life of the options, risk-free interest rate, and volatility.  The estimated expected life of the option is calculated based on the contractual life of the option, the vesting life of the option, and historical exercise patterns of vested options.  As our stock is thinly traded, the volatility estimates are calculated using historical pricing experience of a peer group over the most recent period corresponding do the expected term as of the grant date.  The cost is recognized over the period during which an employee or director is required to provide service in exchange for the award.

The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of share-based awards represent our best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment.  Although we believe the assumptions and estimates we have made are reasonable and appropriate, changes in assumptions could materially impact our reported financial results.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement, amending ASC Topic 820, which eliminates terminology differences between U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) on the measurement of fair value and related fair value disclosures. While largely consistent with existing fair value measurement principles and disclosures, the changes were made as part of the continuing efforts to converge GAAP and IFRS. The adoption of this guidance was effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, and its adoption did not have a material impact on the financial statements of the Company.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, Comprehensive Income, amending ASC Topic 220.  Under ASU 2011-05, an entity has the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements.  The guidance was issued to improve the comparability, consistency and transparency of financial reporting and to increase the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income.  The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011.  Its adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other, amending ASC Topic 350.Under the revised guidance, entities testing indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment have the option of performing a qualitative assessment before calculating fair value.  If entities determine, on the basis of qualitative factors, that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible is less than the carrying amount, the fair value calculation would be required.  The ASU also requires that the same qualitative factors be considered when determining whether an interim impairment evaluation is necessary.  The guidance is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted.  The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material effect on our financial statements.

Item 7A.  Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures About Market Risk

As of December 31, 2012, we had $97 thousand in cash held in foreign currencies based on the exchange rate at December 31, 2012.  The balances for cash held overseas in foreign currencies are subject to exchange rate risk.  We have a policy of maintaining cash balances in local currencies.  Periodically, cash will be transferred in order to repay inter-company debts.

26

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	28
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011	29
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010	30
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010	31
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010	32
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010	33
Notes to Consolidated Financials Statements for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010	35

27

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Shareholders

Energy Focus, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Energy Focus, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively the “Company”) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform an audit of its internal control over financial reporting.  Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion.  An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Energy Focus, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern.  As discussed in Note 2, the Company incurred net losses of $5,709,000, $6,055,000, and $8,517,000 during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.  The continued losses, among other factors, as discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.  Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

/s/ Plante & Moran, PLLC

Cleveland, Ohio

March 27, 2013

28

ENERGY FOCUS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

As of December 31,

(amounts in thousands except share and per share amounts)

	2012			2011
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	1,181		$	2,136
Trade accounts receivable less allowances of  $265 and $447, respectively		5,319			2,738
Retainage receivable		634			474
Inventories, net		2,581			2,429
Costs in excess of billings		99			171
Prepaid and other current assets		1,012			881
Total current assets		10,826			8,829
Property and equipment, net		1,800			2,105
Goodwill		-			672
Intangible assets, net		608			1,027
Collateralized assets		1,000			1,000
Other assets		119			145
Total assets	$	14,353		$	13,778
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	5,879		$	5,653
Accrued liabilities		2,265			1,995
Deferred revenue		751			1,373
Billings in excess of costs		464			154
Credit line borrowings		1,590			701
Current maturities of long-term debt		756			855
Total current liabilities		11,705			10,731
Other liabilities		30			71
Acquisition-related contingent liabilities		-			553
Long-term debt		1,793			955
Total liabilities		13,528			12,310
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share:
Authorized: 2,000,000 shares in 2012 and 2011 Issued and outstanding: no shares in 2012 and 2011		-			-
Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share:
Authorized: 100,000,000 shares in 2012, and 60,000,000 shares in 2011 Issued and outstanding: 44,698,650 in 2012 and 24,913,135 in 2011		4			1
Additional paid-in capital		80,985			75,962
Accumulated other comprehensive income		460			420
Accumulated deficit		(80,624	)		(74,915	)
Total shareholders' equity		825			1,468
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	$	14,353		$	13,778

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

29

ENERGY FOCUS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

For the years ended December 31,

(amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

	2012			2011			2010
Net sales	$	29,837		$	25,752		$	35,129
Cost of sales		23,600			20,581			28,726
Gross profit		6,237			5,171			6,403
Operating expenses:
Research and development		368			(515	)		(202	)
Sales and marketing		5,696			6,200			6,415
General and administrative		4,646			5,062			6,115
Loss on impairment		672			-			156
Valuation of equity instruments		-			56			1,812
Change in estimate of contingent liabilities		(102	)		(411	)		-
Restructuring		-			-			26
Total operating expenses		11,280			10,392			14,322
Loss from operations		(5,043	)		(5,221	)		(7,919	)
Other income (expense):
Interest income		2			4			6
Interest expense		(511	)		(861	)		(573	)
Other income (expense)		(157	)		21			(25	)
Loss before income taxes		(5,709	)		(6,057	)		(8,511	)
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes		-			2			(6	)
Net loss	$	(5,709	)	$	(6,055	)	$	(8,517	)
Net loss per share - basic and diluted	$	(0.14	)	$	(0.25	)	$	(0.37	)
Shares used in computing net loss per share - basic and diluted		41,322			24,669			22,791

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

30

ENERGY FOCUS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

For the years ended December 31,

(amounts in thousands)

	2012			2011			2010
Net loss	$	(5,709	)	$	(6,055	)	$	(8,517	)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Foreign currency translation adjustments		40			(3	)		(51	)
Comprehensive loss	$	(5,669	)	$	(6,058	)	$	(8,568	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

31

ENERGY FOCUS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010

(amounts in thousands)

	Common Stock				Additional Paid-in		Accumulated Other Comprehensive			Accumulated
	Shares		Amount		Capital		Income			Deficit			Total
Balances at December 31, 2009		21,250	$	1	$	71,373	$	474		$	(60,343	)	$	11,505
Issuance of common stock under rights offering		-		-		1,421		-			-			1,421
Issuance of common stock		948		-		1,195		-			-			1,195
Issuance of common stock under employee stock option and stock purchase plans		20		-		15		-			-			15
Stock-based compensation		-		-		552		-			-			552
Stock options exercised		14		-		8		-			-			8
Warrants issued for financing		-		-		528		-			-			528
Warrants exercised		1,730		-		2		-			-			2
Foreign currency translation adjustment		-		-		-		(51	)		-			(51	)
Net loss		-		-		-		-			(8,517	)		(8,517	)
Balances, December 31, 2010		23,962	$	1	$	75,094	$	423		$	(68,860	)	$	6,658
Issuance of common stock		412		-		463		-			-			463
Issuance of common stock under employee stock option and stock purchase plans		157		-		47		-			-			47
Stock-based compensation		215		-		319		-			-			319
Stock options exercised		7		-		-		-			-			-
Warrants issued for financing		-		-		33		-			-			33
Warrants exercised		160		-		6		-			-			6
Foreign currency translation adjustment		-		-		-		(3	)		-			(3	)
Net loss		-		-		-		-			(6,055	)		(6,055	)
Balances, December 31, 2011		24,913	$	1	$	75,962	$	420		$	(74,915	)	$	1,468
Issuance of common stock		19,600		3		4,798		-			-			4,801
Issuance of common stock under employee stock option and stock purchase plans		186		-		25		-			-			25
Stock-based compensation		-		-		200		-			-			200
Foreign currency translation adjustment		-		-		-		40			-			40
Net loss		-		-		-		-			(5,709	)		(5,709	)
Balances, December 31, 2012		44,699	$	4	$	80,985	$	460		$	(80,624	)	$	825

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

32

ENERGY FOCUS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the years ended December 31, (amounts in thousands)

	2012			2011			2010
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss	$	(5,709	)	$	(6,055	)	$	(8,517	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Loss on impairment		672			-			156
Depreciation		637			589			790
Stock-based compensation		200			426			878
Valuation of equity instruments		-			56			1,812
Provision for doubtful accounts receivable		147			115			44
Amortization of intangible assets		419			649			1,073
Amortization of discounts on long-term borrowings		236			574			349
Amortization of loan origination fees		113			-			-
Deferred revenue		(311	)		16			1,215
Change in estimate of contingent liabilities		(102	)		(411	)		-
(Gain) loss on disposal of property and equipment		(3	)		(11	)		(22	)
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable, inventories, and other assets		(3,158	)		3,411			(1,694	)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities		(107	)		(1,976	)		5,409
Total adjustments		(1,257	)		3,438			10,010
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities		(6,966	)		(2,617	)		1,493
Cash flows from investing activities:
Proceeds from the sale of property and equipment		3			19			50
Acquisition of property and equipment		(332	)		(256	)		(332	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(329	)		(237	)		(282	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuances of common stock, net		4,826			456			669
Proceeds from exercise of stock options		-			5			8
Proceeds from other borrowings		1,500			605			1,150
Payments on other borrowings		(886	)		(892	)		-
Net proceeds on credit line borrowings		889			701			-
Net cash provided by financing activities		6,329			875			1,827
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash		11			8			7
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents		(955	)		(1,971	)		3,045
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		2,136			4,107			1,062
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	1,181		$	2,136		$	4,107
Classification of cash and cash equivalents:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	929		$	2,117		$	3,979
Restricted cash held		252			19			128
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	1,181		$	2,136		$	4,107

(Continued on following page)

33

ENERGY FOCUS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the years ended December 31, (amounts in thousands)

Supplemental Information	2012		2011		2010
Interest paid	$	186	$	328	$	171
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Fully depreciated assets disposed of	$	2	$	1,050	$	1,548

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

34

ENERGY FOCUS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.    Nature of Operations

Energy Focus, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) engage in the design, development, manufacturing, marketing, and installation of energy-efficient lighting systems and solutions where the Company serves two segments:

· solutions providing turnkey, high-quality, energy-efficient lighting application alternatives primarily to the existing public-sector building market; and

· products providing military, general commercial and industrial lighting and pool lighting offerings, each of which markets and sells energy-efficient lighting systems.

The Company continues to evolve its business strategy to include providing its customers with turnkey, comprehensive energy-efficient lighting solutions, which use, but are not limited to, its patented and proprietary technology.  The Company’s  products segment includes light-emitting diode (“LED”), fiber optic, high-intensity discharge (“HID”), fluorescent tube and other highly energy-efficient lighting technologies.  Typical savings related to current technology of the Company approximates 80% in electricity costs, while providing full-spectrum light closely simulating daylight colors.  The Company’s strategy also incorporates continued investment into the research of new and emerging energy sources including LED and solar energy applications.

2.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The significant accounting policies of the Company, which are summarized below, are consistent with generally accepted accounting principles and reflect practices appropriate to the business in which the Company operates.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Estimates include, but are not limited to, the establishment of reserves for accounts receivable, sales returns, inventory obsolescence and warranty claims; the useful lives for property, equipment, and intangible assets; revenues recognized on a percentage-of-completion basis; and stock-based compensation.  In addition, estimates and assumptions associated with the determination of the fair value of financial instruments and evaluation of goodwill and long-lived assets for impairment requires considerable judgment.  Actual results could differ from those estimates and such differences could be material.

Reclassifications

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified within the Consolidated Financial Statements (“financial statements”), and related notes thereto, to be consistent with the current year presentation.

Basis of Presentation

The financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries, Stones River Companies, LLC (“SRC”) in Nashville, Tennessee, and Crescent Lighting Limited (“CLL”) located in the United Kingdom.  All significant inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated.

35

ENERGY FOCUS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Going Concern

The Company has experienced net losses of $5.7 million, $6.1 million and $8.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  As of December 31, 2012, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $80.6 million.  Although management continues to address many of the legacy issues that have historically burdened the Company’s financial performance, the Company still faces challenges in order to reach profitability.  In order for the Company to attain profitability and growth, we will need to improve gross margins, successfully execute our marketing and sales plans for our turnkey energy-efficient solutions business, receive additional orders on and fulfill the $23.1 million U.S. Navy supply contract, develop new technologies that result in sustainable product lines, continue our cost reduction efforts throughout the Company, and continue to improve our supply chain performance.

The Company’s independent public accounting firm has issued an opinion in connection with the Company’s 2012 Annual Report on Form 10-K raising substantial doubt as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.  This opinion stems from the Company’s historically poor operating performance and the Company’s historical inability to generate sufficient cash flow to meet obligations and sustain operations without obtaining additional external financing.  The Company remains optimistic about obtaining the funding necessary to continue as a going concern, however, there can be no assurances that this objective will be successful.  As such, the Company continues to review and pursue selected external funding sources, if necessary, to execute these objectives including, but not limited to, the following:

· obtain financing from traditional and non-traditional investment capital organizations or individuals,

· potential sale or divestiture of one or more operating units, and

· obtain funding from the sale of common stock or other equity or debt instruments.

Obtaining financing through the above-mentioned mechanisms contains risks, including:

· loans or other debt instruments may have terms and/or conditions, such as interest rate, restrictive covenants, and control or revocation provisions, which are not acceptable to management or the Board of Directors,

· the current environment in capital markets combined with the Company’s capital constraints may prevent the Company from being able to obtain any debt financing,

· financing may not be available for parties interested in pursuing the acquisition of one or more operating units of the Company, and

· additional equity financing may not be available to the Company in the current capital environment and could lead to further dilution of shareholder value for current shareholders of record.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when it is realized or realizable, has been earned, and when all of the following has occurred:

· persuasive evidence or an arrangement exists (e.g., a sales order, a purchase order, or a sales agreement),

· shipment has occurred, with the standard shipping term being F.O.B. ship point, or services provided on a proportional performance basis or installation have been completed,

· price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, and

· collectability is reasonably assured.

Revenues from the Company’s products segmentbusiness are generally recognized upon shipping based upon the following:

· all sales made by the Company to its customer base are non-contingent, meaning that they are not tied to that customer’s resale of products,

· standard terms of sale contain shipping terms of F.O.B. ship point, meaning that title and risk of loss is transferred when shipping occurs, and

· there are no automatic return provisions that allow the customer to return the product in the event that the product does not sell within a defined timeframe.

36

ENERGY FOCUS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Revenues and profits from the Company’s solutions segment are generally recognized by applying percentage-of-completion for the period to the estimated profits for the respective contracts.  Percentage-of-completion is determined by relating the actual cost of the work performed to date to the current estimated total cost of the respective contracts.  When the estimate on a contract indicates a loss, the Company’s policy is to record the entire loss during the accounting period in which it is estimable.  In the ordinary course of business, at a minimum on a quarterly basis, the Company prepares updated estimates of the total forecasted revenue, cost and profit or loss for each contract.  The cumulative effect of revisions in estimates of the total forecasted revenue and costs during the course of the work is reflected in the accounting period in which the facts that caused the revision become known.  The financial impact of these revisions to any one contract is a function of both the amount of the revision and the percentage-of- completion of the contract.  Revenues from the Company’s solutions segment will generally be larger contracts and may range from three to eighteen months in duration.

In accordance with normal practices in the industry, the Company includes in current assets and current liabilities amounts related to contracts realizable and payable.  Billings in excess of costs represent the excess of contract billings to date over the amount of contract costs and profits (or contract revenue) recognized to date on a percentage-of-completion basis.  Costs in excess of billings represent the excess of contract costs and profits (or contract revenue) recognized to date on the percentage-of-completion basis over the amount of contract billings to date on the remaining contracts.  See Note 7, Contracts in Progress, for additional information.

Revenues from research & development contracts are recognized primarily on the percentage-of-completion method of accounting.  Deferred revenue is recorded for the excess of contract billings over the amount of contract costs and profits.  Costs in excess of billings, included in prepaid and other assets, are recorded for contract costs in excess of contract billings.

The Company warrants its products against defects or workmanship issues.   It sets up allowances for estimated returns, discounts, and warranties upon recognition of revenue, and these allowances are adjusted periodically to reflect actual and anticipated returns, discounts, and warranty expenses.  These allowances are based on past history and historical trends, and contractual terms.  Distributor’s obligation to the Company is not contingent upon the resale of its products and as such does not prohibit revenue recognition.

Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company has $1.1 million in cash on deposit with financial institutions in the United States as of December 31, 2012, of which $252 thousand is designated as restricted cash and relates to funds received from a grant from/for a branch of the United States government.  The remaining cash of $97 thousand is on deposit with a European bank in the United Kingdom.

Inventories

The Company states inventories at the lower of standard cost (which approximates actual cost determined using the first-in-first-out method) or market.  The Company establishes provisions for excess and obsolete inventories after evaluation of historical sales, current economic trends, forecasted sales, product lifecycles, and current inventory levels.  Charges to cost of sales for excess and obsolete inventories amounted to $217 thousand, $236 thousand and $295 thousand in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Accounts Receivable

The Company’s customers currently are concentrated in the United States and Europe.  In the normal course of business, the Company extends unsecured credit to its customers related to the sale of its services and products.  Typical credit terms require payment within thirty days from the date of delivery or service.  The Company evaluates and monitors the creditworthiness of each customer on a case-by-case basis.  The Company also provides allowances for sales returns and doubtful accounts based on its continuing evaluation of its customers’ ongoing requirements and credit risk.  The Company writes-off accounts receivable when management deems that they have become uncollectible and payments subsequently received on such receivables are credited to the allowance for doubtful accounts.  The Company does not generally require collateral from its customers.

37

ENERGY FOCUS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Retainage Receivable

The Company’s solutions segment sales are normally subject to a holdback of a percentage of the sale as retainage.  This holdback is recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as “Retainage receivable.”  Retainage is a portion of the total bid price of a project that is held back by the customer until the project is complete and functioning satisfactorily according to the contract terms.  Retainage percentages typically range from 5% to 10% and are collected anywhere from three to eighteen months from the inception of the project.  For the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had retainage receivable from its customers totaling $634 thousand and $474 thousand, respectively.

Income Taxes

As part of the process of preparing its financial statements, the Company estimates its income tax liability in each of the jurisdictions in which it does business.  This process involves estimating the Company’s actual current tax expense together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items, such as deferred revenues, for tax and accounting purposes.  These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  The Company then assesses the likelihood that these deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent to which the Company believes that recovery is more likely than not, or is unknown, the Company establishes a valuation allowance.

Significant management judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and any valuation allowance recorded against such deferred tax assets.  At December 31, 2012, the Company has a full valuation allowance against deferred tax assets in the United States due to uncertainties related to its ability to utilize those deferred tax assets, primarily consisting of certain net operating losses carried forward. The valuation allowance is based on estimates of taxable income by jurisdiction and the periods over which its deferred tax assets could be recoverable.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company has a net operating loss carry-forward of approximately $70.7 million for federal, state and local income tax purposes. If not utilized, these carry-forwards will begin to expire in 2021 for federal and have begun to expire for state and local purposes.  Due to changes in the Company’s capital structure, the net operating loss carry-forward available to the Company in future years to offset future taxable liabilities may be limited under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”).  Management is currently reviewing the rules under this section of the Code, but believes that the limitation on the Company’s net operating loss carry-forward may be significant.  Please refer to Note 11, Income taxes, for additional information.

Collateralized Assets

The Company maintains $1.0 million of cash collateral related to the Company’s surety bonding program associated with SRC.  This cash is pledged to the surety carrier until which time the Company is able to provide sufficient alternative means of collateralization satisfactory to the surety carrier.

Fair Value Measurements

The carrying amounts of certain financial instruments including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximate fair value due to their short maturities.  Based on borrowing rates currently available to the Company for loans with similar terms, the carrying value of long-term debt obligations also approximates fair value.

Long-Lived Assets

Property and equipment is stated at cost and include expenditures for additions and major improvements.  Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to operations as incurred.  We use the straight-line method of depreciation over their estimated useful lives of the related assets (generally two to fifteen years) for financial reporting purposes.  Accelerated methods of depreciation are used for federal income tax purposes.  When assets are sold or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.  Refer to Note 4, Property and Equipment, for additional information.

38

ENERGY FOCUS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Company classifies intangible assets into two categories: (1) intangible assets with definite lives subject to amortization, and (2) goodwill. We determine the useful lives of our identifiable intangible assets after considering the specific facts and circumstances related to each intangible asset. Factors we consider when determining useful lives include the contractual term of any agreement related to the asset, the historical performance of the asset, our long-term strategy for using the asset, any laws or other local regulations which could impact the useful life of the asset, and other economic factors, including competition and specific market conditions. Intangible assets that are deemed to have definite lives are amortized, on a straight-line basis or other method which best approximates cash flows, over their useful lives, ranging from 5 to 10 years.  Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in a business acquisition.  Refer to Note 5, Goodwill and Intangible Assets, for additional information.

Long-lived assets, other than goodwill, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Events or circumstances that would result in an impairment review primarily include operations reporting losses, a significant change in the use of an asset, or the planned disposal or sale of the asset.  The asset would be considered impaired when the future net undiscounted cash flows generated by the asset are less than its carrying value.  An impairment loss would be recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value, as determined by quoted market prices (if available) or the present value of expected future cash flows.

The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment at least annually using the projected present value of future cash flows of the reporting unit, taking into account historical performance.  A significant amount of judgment is required in estimating fair value of the reporting unit.  Based on historical losses incurred, it was determined that goodwill was impaired, and in 2012, we wrote off the entire $672 thousand balance of goodwill, which resulted from our 2009 acquisition of SRC, as a result of our evaluation.

Certain Risks and Concentrations

The Company sells its products and solutions services through a combination of direct sales employees, independent sales representatives, and various distributors in different geographic markets throughout the world.  The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral.  Although the Company maintains allowances for potential credit losses that it believes to be adequate, a payment default on a significant sale could materially and adversely affect its operating results and financial condition.

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, four customers accounted for 75% and 44% of net accounts receivable, including retainage receivable, respectively.  For 2012 and 2011, four customers accounted for 42% and 36% of net sales, respectively.  In 2010, two customers accounted for 36% of net sales.

The Company requires substantial amounts of purchased materials from selected vendors.  With specific materials, the Company purchases 100% of its requirement from a single vendor.  Substantially all of the materials the Company requires are in adequate supply.   However, the availability and costs of materials may be subject to change due to, among other things, new laws or regulations, suppliers’ allocation to other purchasers, interruptions in production by suppliers, and changes in exchange rates and worldwide price and demand levels.  The Company’s inability to obtain adequate supplies of materials for its products at favorable prices could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial position, or results of operations by decreasing the Company’s profit margins and by hindering its ability to deliver products to its customers on a timely basis.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses include salaries, contractor and consulting fees, supplies and materials, as well as costs related to other overhead items such as depreciation and facilities costs.  Research and development costs are expensed as they are incurred.

Net Loss Per Share

Basic loss per share is computed by dividing net loss available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period.  The effect of common stock equivalents is not considered as it would be anti-dilutive.

39

ENERGY FOCUS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company has recognized compensation expense based on the estimated grant date fair value method under the authoritative guidance.  Management applies the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options and apply judgment in estimating key assumptions that are important elements of the model in expense recognition.  These elements include the expected life of the option, the expected stock-price volatility, and expected forfeiture rates.   See Note 10, Shareholders’ Equity, for additional information.

Foreign Currency Translation

The Company’s international subsidiary uses its local currency as its functional currency.  Assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and income and expense accounts are translated at average exchange rates during the year.  Resulting translation adjustments are recorded directly to “Accumulated other comprehensive income" within shareholders’ equity.  Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included as a component of “Other (expense)/income”.  Gains and losses from foreign currency translation are included as a separate component of “Other comprehensive loss” within the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Advertising Expenses

The Company expenses the costs of advertising, which consists of costs for the placement of advertisements in various media. Advertising expenses were $289 thousand, $273 thousand and $206 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Product Warranties

The Company warrants finished goods against defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service for periods generally between one and five years.   Settlement costs consist of actual amounts expensed for warranty services which are largely a result of third-party service calls, and the costs of replacement products.  A liability for the estimated future costs under product warranties is maintained for products outstanding under warranty and is included in “Accrued liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  The warranty activity for the respective years is as follows (in thousands):

	Year ended December 31,
	2012			2011
Balance at the beginning of the year	$	100		$	126
Accruals for warranties issued		143			44
Settlements made during the year (in cash or in kind)		(84	)		(70	)
Balance at the end of the year	$	159		$	100

Recent Accounting Standards and Pronouncements

In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement, amending ASC Topic 820, which eliminates terminology differences between U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) on the measurement of fair value and related fair value disclosures. While largely consistent with existing fair value measurement principles and disclosures, the changes were made as part of the continuing efforts to converge GAAP and IFRS. The adoption of this guidance was effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, and its adoption did not have a material impact on the financial statements of the Company.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, Comprehensive Income, amending ASC Topic 220.  Under ASU 2011-05, an entity has the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements.  The guidance was issued to improve the comparability, consistency and transparency of financial reporting and to increase the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income.  The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011.  Its adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

40

ENERGY FOCUS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other, amending ASC Topic 350.Under the revised guidance, entities testing indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment have the option of performing a qualitative assessment before calculating fair value.  If entities determine, on the basis of qualitative factors, that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible is less than the carrying amount, the fair value calculation would be required.  The ASU also requires that the same qualitative factors be considered when determining whether an interim impairment evaluation is necessary.  The guidance is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted.  The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material effect on our financial statements.

3.   Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of standard cost (which approximates actual cost determined using the first-in, first-out cost method) or market and consists of the following (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2012		2011
Raw materials	$	1,649	$	1,517
Finished goods		932		912
Inventories, net	$	2,581	$	2,429

4.    Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is stated at cost and is depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets and consists of the following (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2012			2011
Equipment (useful life 3 - 15 years)	$	5,963		$	5,831
Tooling (useful life 2 - 5 years)		2,600			2,440
Furniture and fixtures (useful life 5 years)		132			129
Computer software (useful life 3 years)		462			431
Leasehold improvements (the shorter of useful life or lease life)		633			630
Construction in progress		50			27
Property and equipment at cost		9,840			9,488
Less: accumulated depreciation		(8,040	)		(7,383	)
Property and equipment, net	$	1,800		$	2,105

Depreciation expense was $637 thousand, $589 thousand and $790 thousand for the years ending December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

As a result of the Company’s efforts to reduce overhead costs and in conjunction with the renegotiation efforts related to the lease at its Solon, Ohio office, which expired April 30, 2011, the decision was made to relocate Solon, Ohio commercial products manufacturing operations to its facilities in Mexico and California.  This decision would enable the Company to reduce the square footage of the premises leased and strategically align the products segment of the Company which is located in California.  As a result of these strategic changes, the Company performed an evaluation of its property, plant and equipment at the Solon office as of December 31, 2010, as this strategic change created a “triggering event” necessitating such a review.  In performing this review, the Company obtained quoted market prices for similar assets while also considering market demand for these assets.  As a result of this review, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $156 thousand, which represented the difference between the fair value of the asset group and its carrying value and is included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations under the caption “Loss on Impairment.”

41

ENERGY FOCUS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

5.    Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The following table summarizes information related to net carrying value of intangible assets (in thousands):

	Amortization		December 31,
	Life (in years)		2012		2011
Goodwill			$	-	$	672
Definite-lived intangible assets:
Tradenames		10		350		400
Customer relationships		5		258		627
Total definite-lived intangible assets				608		1,027
Total intangible assets, net			$	608	$	1,699

The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment at least annually using the projected present value of future cash flows of the reporting unit, taking into account historical performance.  A significant amount of judgment is required in estimating fair value of the reporting unit.  Based on historical losses incurred, it was determined that goodwill was impaired, and in 2012, we wrote off the entire $672 thousand balance of goodwill, which resulted from our 2009 acquisition of SRC, as a result of our evaluation..

Amortization expense for intangible assets subject to amortization was $419 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to $649 thousand and $1,073 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  The Company amortizes tradenames on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the intangible assets.  Customer relationships are amortized over their expected useful lives on an accelerated method that approximates the cash flows associated with those relationships.  Based on the carrying value of amortized intangible assets, the Company estimates amortization expense for future years to be as follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31,	Amount
2013	$	253
2014		105
2015		50
2016		50
2017		50
2018 and thereafter		100
Total amortization expense	$	608

42

ENERGY FOCUS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

6.    Accrued Liabilities (Current):

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2012		2011
Accrued sales commissions and incentives	$	514	$	395
Accrued warranty expense		159		100
Accrued professional fees		153		161
Accrued employee benefits		319		296
Accrued interest		87		13
Accrued taxes		162		202
Accrued performance-related contingent consideration		728		351
Accrued subcontractor services		-		286
Accrued other expenses		143		191
Total accrued expenses	$	2,265	$	1,995

7.    Contracts in Progress

Costs and estimated earnings on contracts in progress for the year ending December 31, 2012 and 2011 are summarized in the table below (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2012			2011
Costs incurred on uncompleted contracts	$	7,067		$	3,193
Estimated earnings		1,330			855
Total revenues		8,397			4,048
Less: billings to date		8,762			4,031
Total	$	(365	)	$	17
Balance sheet classification:
Costs in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts	$	99		$	171
Billings in excess of costs on uncompleted contracts		(464	)		(154	)
Total	$	(365	)	$	17

8.    Debt

Credit Facilities

On December 22, 2011, the Company entered into a $4.5 million revolving line of credit with Rosenthal & Rosenthal.  The total loan amount available to the Company under the line of credit is equal to 85% of its net amount of eligible receivables, plus available inventory (the lesser of 50% of the lower of cost or market value of eligible inventory, or $250 thousand).  The credit facility is secured by a lien on the domestic assets of the Company.  The interest rate is 8.5% for borrowing on accounts receivable, 10.0% on inventories and 13% on overdrafts.  Additionally, there is an annual 1% facility fee on the entire amount of the credit facility payable at the beginning of the year.  The credit facility is a three year agreement, expiring on December 31, 2014, unless terminated sooner.  There are liquidated damages if the credit facility is terminated prior to December 31, 2014, which are based on the maximum credit facility amount then in effect.  The damages are:  3% if terminated prior to the first anniversary of the closing date, 2% if terminated prior to the second anniversary of the closing date, and 1% if terminated prior to the third anniversary of the closing date.  The Company is required to comply with certain financial covenants as defined in the agreement, including:  a tangible net worth amount and a working capital amount.  The Company was in compliance with the financial covenants at December 31, 2012. Borrowings under the revolving line of credit were $1.6 million and $701 thousand at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as a current liability under the caption “Credit line borrowings.”

43

ENERGY FOCUS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Company maintained a British pounds sterling-denominated bank overdraft facility with Lloyds Bank Plc through its United Kingdom subsidiary in the amount of £100,000, which had been renewed on an annual basis in May.  However, in May of 2012, this facility was not renewed.  The interest rate on the facility at December 31, 2011 was 3.60%, and there were no borrowing against it at that time.

Borrowings

	December 31, 2012			December 31, 2011
Unsecured Convertible Notes (1)	$	1,500		$	-
Convertible Promissory Note - TLC Investments LLC (2)		500			500
Cognovit Note - Keystone Ruby, LLC (3)		277			325
Letter of Credit Agreement - Mark Plush (4)		250			250
Unsecured Promissory Note - Quercus Trust (5)		70			70
Letter of Credit Agreement - Quercus Trust (6)		-			300
Secured Subordinated Promissory Note - EF Energy Partners LLC (7)		-			287
Letter of Credit Agreement - John Davenport (8)		-			250
Discounts on long-term borrowings		(48	)		(172	)
Subtotal		2,549			1,810
Less:  Current maturies of long-term debt		(756	)		(855	)
Long-term debt	$	1,793		$	955

(1) Notes mature on December 31, 2015, bear interest at 5%, and are convertible into common stock of the Company at $0.23 per share.

(2) Note matures on June 30, 2013, bears interest at the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate plus two percent (2%), and is convertible into 500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.  Additionally, as a provision to this note, if the reported closing price of a share of common stock of the Company is not equal to or greater than $2.00 for at least twenty (20) trading days between June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2013, the Company shall pay TLC an additional fee of $500 thousand on the maturity date.  The Company accrued for this contingent liability at its fair value at the time of inception of the note.  The Convertible Note is secured by a first-lien-position security interest in the assets of SRC.  See Note 9, Commitments and Contingencies.

(3) Note matures on April 1, 2017 and bears interest at 10%.  Per the terms of the note, if the Company does not renew its lease by December 31, 2013, the note becomes payable immediately.

(4) LOC matures on August 11, 2013, and bears interest at 12.5%.  The LOC is collateralized by a cash deposit with an insurance company issuing the Company’s contract performance bonds and by 32% of the unpledged stock of Crescent Lighting, Ltd. (“CLL”), a subsidiary of the Company.  As an incentive to enter into the LOC, the Company issued five-year, detached warrants to purchase 125,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. See Note 14, Related Party Transactions.

(5) Note matures on June 1, 2109 and bears interest at 1%.

(6) As of December 31, 2011, the Company was in default on this LOC as it matured on December 31, 2011. The LOC was paid in full in March 2012. The interest rate was 12.5%.

(7) Note was to mature on March 30, 2013, but was paid in full in March 2012. The interest rate was 12.5%.

(8) On December 21, 2011, the LOC with John Davenport was amended to extend the due date from December 31, 2011, to a month by month basis as long as interest continued to be earned at 12.5%.  The LOC was subsequently paid in March 2012.  As an incentive to enter into the LOC, the Company issued five-year, detached warrants to purchase 125,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. See Note 14, Related Party Transactions.

44

ENERGY FOCUS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Future maturities of remaining borrowings are (in thousands):

Year ending December 31,	Long-Term Debt
2013	$	804
2014		59
2015		1,566
2016		72
2017		26
2018 and thereafter		70
Gross long-term borrowings		2,597
Less: discounts on long-term borrowings		(48	)
Total commitment, net		2,549
Less: portion classified as current		(756	)
Long-term borrowings, net	$	1,793

9.    Commitments and Contingencies

The Company leases certain equipment, manufacturing, warehouse and office space under non-cancelable operating leases expiring through 2017 under which it is responsible for related maintenance, taxes, and insurance.  Future minimum non-cancelable lease commitments are as follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31,	Minimum Lease Commitments
2013	$	591
2014		212
2015		88
2016		78
2017		27
Total commitment	$	996

Certain leases included above contain escalation clauses and, as such, rent expense was recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.  Net rent expense was $641 thousand, $779 thousand and $830 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

In connection with the acquisition of SRC in December 2009, the Company recorded a performance-related contingent obligation related to a 2.5% payout payable over 42 months commencing January 1, 2010 and based upon the fair value of projected annual billings of the acquired business, and a $500 thousand fee if the market price of the Company’s common stock is not equal to or greater than $2.00 per share for at least twenty trading days between June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2013.  The Company accrued for each of these contingent liabilities at their respective fair values at the time of the acquisition. For the years ending December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company paid $186 thousand, $304 thousand and $519 thousand, respectively, relating to the 2.5% payout.

In the fourth quarter of 2012 and 2011, the Company reassessed the carrying value of the contingent liability related to the 2.5% payout and, based upon revised projected future billings, subsequently recorded reductions to the contingent liability of $102 thousand and $411 thousand, respectively, which has been recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations under the caption “Change in estimate of contingent liabilities.”

45

ENERGY FOCUS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

10.   Shareholders’ Equity

Private Placement

Between February 29, 2012 and March 2, 2012, the Company raised $4.9 million by entering into Securities Purchase Agreements with ten investors, under which it sold 19,600,000 units, each of which consists of one share of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and one-half warrant to purchase one share of common stock.  The purchase price of each unit was $0.25, based on a formula involving the stock’s 30 day average price prior to February 24, 2012.  Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of common stock at an exercise price of $0.54.  Each warrant is immediately separable from the unit and immediately exercisable, and expires three years from the date of issuance.  The Company used the proceeds of the offering to retire debt and for working capital purposes.  Eight of the ten investors were new investors and the largest single investment was $1.0 million.

Warrants

The Company has issued warrants in conjunction with various private placements of its common stock, debt financing arrangements and acquisitions.  There have been no warrants issued to employees, directors, or consultants for compensation purposes.

As a result of the Private Placement in 2012 discussed above, warrants that were issued in 2008 originally priced at $3.08 per share were re-priced to $1.97 per share, and warrants issued in 2009 originally price at $0.65 per share were re-priced to $0.49 per share.  The warrants were re-priced in accordance with their respective agreements, based upon a formula taking into account the dilutive effect of new share issuances and the price of those issuances relative to the number of shares outstanding prior to the issuances and the original exercise price of the warrants.

The activity relating to warrants was as follows:

	Warrants Outstanding			Weighted Average Exercise Price
Balance, December 31, 2009		4,437,639		$	1.24
Warrants issued		855,000			0.50
Warrants exercised		(1,730,062	)		0.01
Warrants cancelled		(271,199	)		4.50
Balance, December 31, 2010		3,291,378		$	1.42
Warrants issued		125,000			0.01
Warrants exercised		(160,000	)		0.01
Balance, December 31, 2011		3,256,378		$	1.43
Warrants issued		9,800,000			0.54
Balance, December 31, 2012		13,056,378		$	0.76
Exercisable, December 31, 2012		12,856,378		$	0.77

In December 2009, the Company entered into a strategic alliance with Woodstone Energy LLC (“Woodstone”), a commercial and industrial energy services company. This strategic alliance created a path for contracts totaling not less than $15 million to be issued by Woodstone to SRC.  In return for this Woodstone commitment, the Company issued 600,000 warrants.  400,000 of those warrants became exercisable by Woodstone upon the written commitment of $10 million in specific secured contracts.  The remaining 200,000 warrants will become exercisable upon the written commitment of an additional $5 million in specific secured contracts.  SRC has received approximately $4.4 million in specific secured contracts toward the additional $5 million through December 31, 2012. The warrants are exercisable at $0.49 per share and expire on December 31, 2014.

46

ENERGY FOCUS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The number of warrants and weighted average remaining life (in years) by price for both total outstanding warrants and total exercisable warrants at December 31, 2012 was as follows:

Exercise Price		Number of Shares Outstanding		Weighted Average Remaining Contactual Life		Number of Shares Exercisable		Weighted Average Remaining Contactual Life
				(in years)				(in years)
$	0.01		300,000		2.7		300,000		2.7
$	0.49		600,000		2.0		400,000		2.0
$	0.54		9,800,000		2.2		9,800,000		2.2
$	1.20		350,000		2.2		350,000		2.2
$	1.97		2,006,378		0.2		2,006,378		0.2
			13,056,378		3.4		12,856,378		3.4

Stock-based Compensation

On September 30, 2008, the Company’s shareholders approved its 2008 Incentive Stock Plan (the “Plan”).  The Plan was subsequently amended in 2010 and 2012 to increase the maximum aggregate number of stock awards to 5,000,000 shares, plus any shares remaining available for grant under existing plans.  Under existing plans, only a limited number of shares remained available for grant.  The Company has two other equity-based compensation plans under which options are currently outstanding; however, no new awards may be granted under these plans as they have been terminated or have expired.  At December 31, 2012, there are 3.3 million shares available in the Plan for grant.  Generally, stock options are granted at fair market value and expire ten years after the grant date.  Employee grants generally vest in three or four years, while grants to non-employee directors generally vest in one year.  Executive officers and certain other employees have been awarded options with different vesting criteria.  The specific terms of each grant are determined by the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors.

Stock-based compensation expense is attributed to the granting of stock options and restricted stock awards. For all stock-based awards, we recognize compensation expense using a straight-line amortization method.

The impact on our results for stock-based compensation was as follows (in thousands):

	Years ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Cost of sales	$	-	$	-	$	2
Research and development		27		37		43
Sales and marketing		27		141		96
General and administrative		146		248		737
Total stock-based compensation	$	200	$	426	$	878

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had unamortized stock compensation expense of $228 thousand and $373 thousand, respectively.  The remaining weighted average life was approximately 1.0 and 1.3 years as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

47

ENERGY FOCUS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Stock Options

The per share weighted average fair value of stock options granted during 2012, 2011, and 2010 was $0.15, $0.47 and $0.80, respectively.  We estimate the fair value of each stock option on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the following assumptions:

	2012			2011			2010
Expected life of option (years)		5.6			6.1			4.0
Risk-free interest rate		0.82	%		2.36	%		1.61	%
Expected volatility		59.00	%		56.35	%		98.31	%
Dividend yield		0	%		0	%		0	%

The estimated expected life of the option is calculated based on contractual life of the option, the vesting life of the option, and historical exercise patterns of vested options.  The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. treasury security rates corresponding to the expected term in effect as of the grant date.  As the Company’s stock is thinly traded, the volatility estimates are calculated using historical pricing experience of a peer group over the most recent period corresponding to the expected term as of the grant date.  The Company has not paid dividends in the past, and does not expect to pay dividends over the corresponding expected term as of the grant date.

Options outstanding under all plans at December 31, 2012 have a contractual life of ten years, and vesting periods between one and four years.  A summary of option activity under all plans was as follows:

	Number of Options			Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share
Outstanding at December 31, 2009		1,769,750		$	3.63
Granted		1,115,000			1.08
Cancelled		(993,583	)		1.68
Exercised		(13,750	)		0.60
Outstanding at December 31, 2010		1,877,417		$	3.36
Granted		1,040,000			0.84
Cancelled		(591,419	)		2.99
Exercised		(7,500	)		0.60
Outstanding at December 31, 2011		2,318,498		$	2.28
Granted		120,000			0.27
Cancelled		(253,915	)		2.22
Exercised		-			-
Outstanding at December 31, 2012		2,184,583		$	2.20
Vested and Expected to Vest at December 31, 2012		2,058,833		$	2.29
Exercisable at December 31, 2012		1,494,063		$	2.87

\

The “Expected to Vest” option are the unvested options that remain after applying the pre-vesting forfeiture rate assumption to total unvested options.

48

ENERGY FOCUS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The options outstanding at December 31, 2012 have been segregated into ranges for additional disclosure as follows:

Range of Exercise Prices				Number of Shares Outstanding		Weighted Average Remaining Contactual Life		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Number Exercisable		Weighted Average Exercise Price
						(in years)
	$0.26	-	$0.71		729,500		8.2	$	0.52		341,279	$	0.56
	$1.00	-	$1.40		803,333		7.5	$	1.16		501,034	$	1.07
	$2.00	-	$3.35		248,750		5.0	$	2.12		248,750	$	2.12
	$4.91	-	$6.45		167,000		4.5	$	6.04		167,000	$	6.04
	$7.00	-	$11.66		236,000		2.7	$	8.29		236,000	$	8.29
					2,184,583		6.7	$	2.20		1,494,063		2.87

Restricted Stock

In the past, the Company has issued restricted stock to Executive Officers and Director in lieu of a portion of cash compensation or Directors’ fees.  Additionally, in 2010 a key employee was issued restricted stock as a bonus.  The restricted stock was valued at the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock on grant date, and expense was amortized over the applicable service period.

A summary of restricted stock activity was as follows:

	Restricted Stock Outstanding			Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
At December 31, 2009		228,128		$	0.67
Granted		392,490			1.01
Vested		(122,989	)		1.51
At December 31, 2010		497,629		$	0.73
Granted		114,767			0.96
Vested		(197,721	)	$	0.87
At December 31, 2011		414,675		$	0.73
Granted		-			-
Vested		-			-
At December 31, 2012		414,675		$	0.73

1994 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

A total of 600,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under the 1994 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended.  The plan permits eligible employees to purchase common stock through payroll deductions at a price equal to the lower of 85% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the beginning or end of the offering period.  Employees may end their participation at any time during the offering period, and participation ends automatically on termination of employment with the Company.  At December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, approximately 476,000, 291,000 and 134,000 shares had been issued under this plan since inception, respectively.

49

ENERGY FOCUS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

11.    Income Taxes

The Company files income tax returns in the United States federal jurisdiction, as well as in various states and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to United States federal, state, and local, or non-United States income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2009.  The Company’s practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense when and if they become applicable.  As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, there were no accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

The components of the benefit from (provision for) income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

	Years ended December 31,
	2012		2011			2010
Current
Federal	$	-	$	-		$	-
Foreign		-		12			-
State		-		2			(10	)
		-		14			(10	)
Deferred
Federal		-		-			-
Foreign		-		(12	)		4
State		-		-			-
		-		(12	)		4
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes	$	-	$	2		$	(6	)

The following table shows the geographic components of pretax income (loss) from continuing operations between United States and foreign subsidiaries (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
United States	$	(5,471	)	$	(5,752	)	$	(8,410	)
Foreign subsidiaries		(238	)		(305	)		(101	)
Loss before income taxes	$	(5,709	)	$	(6,057	)	$	(8,511	)

The principal items accounting for the difference between income taxes computed at the United States statutory rate and the benefit from (provision for) income taxes reflected in the statements of operations are as follows:

	Years ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
United States statutory rate		34.0	%		34.0	%		34.0	%
State taxes (net of federal tax benefit)		1.8	%		2.7	%		(0.1	%)
Valuation allowance		(27.8	%)		(34.4	%)		(33.7	%)
Other		(8.0	%)		(2.3	%)		(0.2	%)
		0.0	%		0.0	%		0.0	%

50

ENERGY FOCUS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets are as follows (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	53		$	60		$	87
Accrued expenses and other reserves		2,197			2,264			2,146
Tax credits, deferred R&D, and other		907			656			899
Net operating loss		25,980			24,931			22,088
Valuation allowance		(29,135	)		(27,909	)		(25,206	)
Net total deferred taxes	$	2		$	2		$	14

Since the Company believes that it is more likely than not that the benefit from net operating loss carry-forwards will not be realized, the Company has provided a full valuation allowance against its United States deferred tax assets. The net deferred tax assets for 2012 amounted to $2 thousand and were for the Company’s United Kingdom subsidiary, which has been profitable in prior years.  The Company had no net deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2012 and at December 31, 2011.  There were no Federal tax expenses for the United States operations in 2012, as any expected benefits were offset by an increase in the valuation allowance.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company has a net operating loss carry-forward of approximately $70.7 million for federal, state and local income tax purposes. If not utilized, these carry-forwards will begin to expire in 2021 for federal and have begun to expire for state and local purposes.  Due to changes in the Company’s capital structure, the net operating loss carry-forward available to the Company in future years to offset future taxable liabilities may be limited under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”).  Management is currently reviewing the rules under this section of the Code, but believes that the limitation on the Company’s net operating loss carry-forward may be significant.

12.    Segments and Geographic Information

The Company has two reportable segments: products segment featuring pool lighting, general commercial lighting alternatives, government products, and research and development services, each of which markets and sells lighting systems; and solutions segment providing turnkey, high-quality, energy-efficient lighting application alternatives.  The Company’s products are sold through a combination of direct sales employees, independent sales representatives, and various distributors in different geographic markets throughout the world.  The Company’s solutions sales are designed to enhance total value by positively impacting customers’ profitability, the environment, and the communities it serves.  These solutions are sold through the Company’s direct sales employees as well as our SRC subsidiary, and include not only its proprietary energy-efficient lighting solutions, but also sourced lighting systems, energy audits and service agreements.

51

ENERGY FOCUS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following summarizes the Company’s reportable segment data for periods indicated (in thousands):

	Years ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Solutions:
Net sales	$	10,569		$	9,563		$	19,763
Cost of sales		9,150			8,041			16,332
Gross profit		1,419			1,522			3,431
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing		1,312			1,332			1,407
General and administrative		769			939			1,377
Loss on impairment		672			-			-
Total operating expenses		2,753			2,271			2,784
Segment (loss) income	$	(1,334	)	$	(749	)	$	647
Products:
Net sales	$	19,268		$	16,189		$	15,366
Cost of sales		14,450			12,540			12,394
Gross profit		4,818			3,649			2,972
Operating expenses (income):
Research and development		368			(515	)		(202	)
Sales and marketing		3,641			4,629			4,796
General and administrative		261			318			293
Loss on impairment		-			-			156
Restructuring		-			-			26
Total operating expenses		4,270			4,432			5,069
Segment income (loss)	$	548		$	(783	)	$	(2,097	)
Reconciliation of segment (loss) income to net loss:
Segment (loss) income:
Solutions	$	(1,334	)	$	(749	)	$	647
Products		548			(783	)		(2,097	)
Total segment loss		(786	)		(1,532	)		(1,450	)
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing		743			239			212
General and administrative		3,616			3,805			4,445
Valuation of equity instruments		-			56			1,812
Change in estimate of contingent liabilities		(102	)		(411	)		-
Total operating expenses		4,257			3,689			6,469
Other expense		(666	)		(836	)		(592	)
Loss before income taxes		(5,709	)		(6,057	)		(8,511	)
Benefit from (Provision for) income taxes		-			2			(6	)
Net loss	$	(5,709	)	$	(6,055	)	$	(8,517	)

52

ENERGY FOCUS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table provides additional business unit gross profitability detail for the Company’s Products-based business segment for the periods indicated (in thousands):

	Years ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Products segment net sales:
Pool and commercial products	$	14,948	$	11,911	$	12,265
Government products/R&D services		4,320		4,278		3,101
Total products segment net sales		19,268		16,189		15,366
Products segment cost of sales:
Pool and commercial products		10,367		8,560		7,988
Government products/R&D services		4,083		3,980		3,104
Unallocated manufacturing overhead 1		-		-		1,302
Total products segment cost of sales		14,450		12,540		12,394
Products segment gross profit:
Pool and commercial products		4,581		3,351		4,277
Government products/R&D services		237		298		(3	)
Unallocated manufacturing overhead 1		-		-		(1,302	)
Total products segment gross profit	$	4,818	$	3,649	$	2,972

1. Unallocated manufacturing overhead is defined as costs associated with the operation and shut down of the Solon manufacturing facility which was relocated to the Mexico facility; and specific expenses which are not attributable to a specific business unit but rather are calculated on the total products business segment.

A geographic summary of net sales from continuing operations is as follows (in thousands):

	Years ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
United States Domestic	$	26,798	$	21,730	$	31,314
International		3,039		4,022		3,815
Net sales	$	29,837	$	25,752	$	35,129

A geographic summary of long-lived assets, which consists of property and equipment, goodwill, and intangible assets, is as follows (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2012		2011
United States	$	2,350	$	3,747
International		58		57
Long-lived assets, net	$	2,408	$	3,804

13.    Restructuring

The Company recognized restructuring expenses of $26 thousand in 2010 associated with relocating the Company’s distribution facility from Solon, Ohio to a new distribution facility in Pleasanton, California.

53

ENERGY FOCUS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

14.    Related Party Transactions

On December 29, 2009, and in conjunction with the acquisition of SRC, the Company entered into Letter of Credit Agreements (“LOC’s”) with John Davenport and Quercus Trust, for $250 thousand and $300 thousand, respectively.  Mr. Davenport is a member of the Board of Directors of the Company, and at the time of the transaction, was also President of the Company,  David Gelbaum, a trustee of Quercus Trust, was a member of the Board of Directors at the time of the transaction.  These LOC’s were outstanding at December 31, 2011, but were paid in full during 2012.  Additionally, on August 11, 2011, the Company entered into a Letter of Credit agreement with Mark Plush, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, for $250 thousand.  Please refer to Note 8, Debt, for discussion of the terms of these LOC’s.

The former Vice President of SRC, who resigned on December 31, 2011, was also a minority owner in TLC Investments, LLC (“TLC”), a Tennessee limited liability company, as well as in Woodstone Energy, LLC (“Woodstone”), a Tennessee limited liability company, both of which are located in Nashville, Tennessee.  SRC renders lighting design and lighting solution services to these related parties within the scope of their ordinary business activities.  Conversely, these related parties, operating as electrical subcontractors, provide installation support services to SRC as part of their normal business.  As of January 1, 2012, TLC and Woodstone are no longer related parties of the Company.

For 2011 and 2010, related party revenue from TLC and Woodstone totaled $1.6 million and $7.0 million, respectively.  The related party receivable, including retainage, at December 31, 2011 was $408 thousand.  Subcontractor installation support services provided by these related parties totaled $6.2 million in 2011 and $14.6 million in 2010.  The related party payable at December 31, 2011 was $1.2 million.

With the acquisition of SRC, the Company entered into an agreement with the seller, TLC, whereby, SRC would be guaranteed a profit percentage of 25% on certain projects which were begun prior to the acquisition or were out for bid at the time the acquisition occurred on December 31, 2009. During 2010, a significant portion of projects were subject to this guarantee. At December 31, 2011, many of the previously described projects had been completed or were nearing completion.

In conjunction with the acquisition of SRC on December 31, 2009, the Company entered into an agreement with TLC whereby a Convertible Promissory Note (“Convertible Note”) was issued for the principal amount of $500 thousand.  TLC has the right to convert the principal of the Convertible Note, in whole, into 500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at any time during the period commencing on June 30, 2010 and ending on the maturity date.  Additionally, as a provision to the Convertible Note, if the reported closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock shall not be equal to or greater than $2.00 for at least twenty (20) trading days between June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2013, the Company shall pay TLC an additional fee of $500 thousand on the maturity date. Please refer to Note 8, Debt, for discussion of the terms of this note.

On December 31, 2009, the Company issued to Woodstone, warrants to purchase up to 600,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. The warrants have an exercise price of $0.49 per share and expire on December 31, 2014.  400,000 of the warrants became exercisable by Woodstone upon the written commitment of $10 million in specific secured contracts.  The remaining 200,000 warrants will become exercisable upon the written commitment of an additional $5 million in specific secured contracts.  SRC has received approximately $4.4 million in specific secured contracts toward the additional $5 million through December 31, 2012.

The Company, in the agreement for the acquisition of SRC, provided for payment of a management fee to TLC for overhead expenses in support of up to $20.0 million in project billings for 2010 on projects which TLC provided installation support services.  For fiscal years after December 31, 2010, where TLC provided installation support services on projects that were pending at the date of acquisition, SRC was to pay 8% of billings as a management fee.  For the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011, the Company incurred management fees of $340 thousand.

On December 12, 2012, the Board of Directors of the Company appointed James Tu to serve as its non-executive Chairman of the Board of Directors. Mr. Tu was appointed to fill the open position created by the retirement of Paul von Paumgartten from the Company’s Board.

Mr. Tu is the Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of 5 Elements Global Advisors, an investment advisory and management company focusing on investing in clean energy companies with breakthrough, commercialized technologies and near-term profitability potential. He is also Co-Founder of Communal International Ltd. “(Communal”), a British Virgin Islands Company dedicated to assisting clean energy solutions companies maximize their technology and product potential and gain access to global marketing, distribution licensing, manufacturing and financing resources.

54

ENERGY FOCUS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

On February 27, 2012, the Company entered into an Asian Business Development/Collaboration Agreement with Communal International Ltd.  The agreement had a 60 month term, under which the Company was committed to pay $522,500 to Communal, all of which was paid by December 31, 2012.  The Company recorded $270 thousand of expense in 2012 under this agreement.  Additionally, during the term of the agreement, the Company will pay Communal a five percent (5%) commission on the Company’s net sales which occur within the Territory, as defined by the agreement.  The Company has incurred no commissions due under this agreement through December 31, 2012.

Effective on January 1, 2013, the Asian Business Development/Collaboration Agreement with Communal was amended to reflect the extension of the terms of the agreement for an additional 12 months, and the addition of certain services and countries in the territory covered by the agreement.  In connection with the amended and restated agreement, the Company agreed to pay an additional $425 thousand through December 2013.  After December 31, 2013, the Company may terminate the agreement upon 30 days written notice.

15.    Legal Matters

In the ordinary course of business, the Company may become involved in lawsuits and administrative proceedings.  Some of these proceedings may result in fines, penalties or judgments which, from time to time, may have an impact on its business and financial condition.  Although the outcome of such lawsuits or other proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company does not believe that any uninsured ultimate liabilities, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on its liquidity, financial position or results of operations.

16.   Subsequent Events

During the first quarter of 2013, the Company has embarked on a program to raise up to $3.8 million in convertible debt and already has raised $1.7 million through March 6, 2013. The Company anticipates that a significant portion of the total amount will come from strategic investors and a multinational corporation involved in clean energy. The structure of the financing consists of unsecured, subordinated, convertible promissory notes that mature on December 31, 2016, have a five percent annual interest rate, and are convertible into common stock of the Company at the rate of $0.23 per share.  This conversion price represents an approximately 12% premium to the average closing price of the common stock during the period from February 1 to March 6, 2013.  The terms of this financing are substantially the same as those the Company entered into on December 13, 2012 as part of its $1.5 million convertible debt issuance.  The Company’s Board of Directors has approved this financing.

55

ENERGY FOCUS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Supplementary Financial Information to Item 8

The following table sets forth our selected unaudited financial information for the four quarters in the periods ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  This information has been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, contains all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation thereof.

Any variations from year-to-date amounts reported in this table are a result of rounding.

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

2012	Fourth Quarter			Third Quarter			Second Quarter			First Quarter
Net sales	$	8,959		$	7,904		$	7,672		$	5,302
Gross profit		1,789			1,959			1,704			785
Net loss		(2,014	)		(928	)		(900	)		(1,867	)
Net loss per share:
Basic	$	(0.05	)	$	(0.02	)	$	(0.02	)	$	(0.06	)
Diluted	$	(0.05	)	$	(0.02	)	$	(0.02	)	$	(0.06	)
2011	Fourth Quarter			Third Quarter			Second Quarter			First Quarter
Net sales	$	6,053		$	6,046		$	8,193		$	5,460
Gross profit		1,249			1,215			1,548			1,159
Net loss		(610	)		(1,459	)		(1,173	)		(2,813	)
Net loss per share:
Basic	$	(0.02	)	$	(0.07	)	$	(0.04	)	$	(0.12	)
Diluted	$	(0.02	)	$	(0.07	)	$	(0.04	)	$	(0.12	)

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures

None.

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures

(a)  Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain “disclosure controls and procedures,” as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognized that disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the disclosure controls and procedures are met. Our disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to meet, and management believes that they meet, reasonable assurance standards. Additionally, in designing disclosure controls and procedures, our management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible disclosure controls and procedures. Any design of disclosure controls and procedures also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.

56

Based on their evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this Report on Form 10-K, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, subject to the limitations noted above, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that material information relating to us, including our consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to them by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report on Form 10-K was being prepared.

(b)  Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no material changes in our internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act).  Further, there were no other items identified in connection with our internal evaluations that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Controls over Financial Reporting

The management of Energy Focus, Inc. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f).  Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based upon criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (“COSO framework”).

An effective internal control system, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error and circumvention or overriding of controls; therefore, it can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to reliable financial reporting. Furthermore, effectiveness of an internal control system in future periods cannot be guaranteed, because the design of any system of internal controls is based in part upon assumptions about the likelihood of future events. There can be no assurance that any control design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, certain controls may become inadequate because of changes in business conditions, or the degree of compliance with policies and procedures may deteriorate. As such, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Based upon our evaluation under the COSO framework, management concluded that its internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2012.

Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

This annual report does not include an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting.  Management’s report was not subject to attestation by our independent public accounting firm pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit us to provide only management’s report in this annual report.

Item 9B.  Other Information

None.

57

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance

Directors

The information regarding our directors is set forth under the caption “Election of Directors” in our Proxy Statement for our 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”) and is incorporated herein by reference.

There were no material changes to the procedures by which security holders may recommend nominees to our Board of Directors during 2012.

Executive Officers

The information regarding our executive officers is set forth under the caption entitled “Executive Officers of the Registrant” following Item 4, in Part I, of this report and is incorporated herein by reference.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

The information regarding compliance with Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is set forth under the caption entitled “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in our Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Audit Committee

The information regarding the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors and the information regarding “Audit Committee Financial Experts” are set forth under the caption entitled “Committees of the Board” in our Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, which applies to all of our directors, officers, and employees. Our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct is on our website at http://www.efoi.com.  Any person may receive a copy free of charge by writing to us at Energy Focus, Inc., 32000 Aurora Road, Solon, Ohio 44139, Attention: Secretary.

We intend to disclose on our website any amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct that applies to our directors and executive officers, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or any persons performing similar functions, and that is required to be publicly disclosed pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from the information provided in the section captioned “Executive Compensation and Other Information” in our Proxy Statement.

 Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information about security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management and related stockholder matters required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from the information provided in the sections captioned “Security Ownership of Principal Shareholders and Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in our Proxy Statement.

The information regarding securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from the information provided in the section captioned “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in our Proxy Statement.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

The information regarding certain relationships and related transactions and director independence required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information in our Proxy Statement under the captions “Certain Transactions” and “Director Independence.”

58

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information regarding principal accountant fees and services and the pre-approval policies and procedures required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from the information contained in our Proxy Statement under the captions “Ratification ofAppointment of Independent Registered Public Accountants—Principal Accountant Fees and Services” and “Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures.”

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) (1) Financial Statements

The financial statements required by this Item 15(a)(1) are set forth in Item 8.

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts is set forth below.  All other schedules are omitted either because theyare not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or the notes.

SCHEDULE II

ENERGY FOCUS, INC.

SCHEDULE OF VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(amounts in thousands)

	Balance at		Charges to				Balance
	Beginning		Revenue/				at End
Description	of Year		Expenses		Deductions		of Year
Year ended December 31, 2012
Allowance for doubtful accounts and returns	$	447	$	309	$	491	$	265
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets		27,909		1,226		-		29,135
Year ended December 31, 2011
Allowance for doubtful accounts and returns	$	446	$	343	$	342	$	447
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets		25,206		2,703		-		27,909
Year ended December 31, 2010
Allowance for doubtful accounts and returns	$	395	$	291	$	240	$	446
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets		22,209		2,997		-		25,206

(3) Exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K

The information required by this Item is set forth on the Exhibit Index that follows the signature page of this report.

59

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly authorized.

	ENERGY FOCUS, INC.
	(Registrant)
By:	/s/ JOSEPH G. KAVESKI
	Joseph G. Kaveski
	Chief Executive Officer
	Date: March 27, 2013

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 27, 2013.

Signature	Title
/s/ Joseph G. Kaveski	Chief Executive Officer and Director
Joseph G. Kaveski	(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Mark J. Plush	Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer
Mark J. Plush	(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
*/s/ James Tu	Chairman of the Board of Directors
James Tu
*/s/ Jennifer Cheng	Director
Jennifer Cheng
/s/ Simon Cheng	Director
Simon Cheng
*/s/ John M. Davenport	Director
John M. Davenport
*/s/ J. James Finnerty	Director
J. James Finnerty
*/s/ R. Louis Schneeberger	Director
R. Louis Schneeberger

* The undersigned, by signing his name, signs this Report on March 27, 2013 on behalf of the above officers and directors pursuant to a Power of Attorney executed by them and filed as an exhibit to this Report.

By:/s/ JOSEPH G. KAVESKI

Joseph G. Kaveski, Attorney-in-Fact.

60

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number	Description of Documents
3.1	Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 14, 2012).
3.2	Certificate of Designation of Series A Participating Preferred Stock of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 27, 2006).
3.3	Bylaws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Appendix C to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 27, 2006).
3.4	Certificate of Ownership and Merger, Merging Energy Focus, Inc., a Delaware corporation, into Fiberstars, Inc., a Delaware corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 10, 2007).
4.1	Form of Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 27, 2006).
4.2	Form of Warrant for the purchase of shares of common stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 19, 2008).
4.3	Common Stock Purchase Warrant No. 2009SRCW-01 for the purchase of 600,000 shares of common stock dated December 31, 2009 in the name of Woodstone Energy, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2010).
4.4	Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant for the purchase of shares of common stock dated as of December 29, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2010).
4.5	Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant No. 2010LPCW-01 for the purchase of 350,000 shares of common stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 19, 2010).
4.6	Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant for the purchase of shares of common stock dated as of March 30, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2010).
4.7	Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant for the purchase of shares of common stock dated as of February 27, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2012).
10.1*	1994 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended (filed with this report).
10.2	Production Share Agreement dated October 9, 2003 among the Registrant, North American Production Sharing, Inc., and Industrias Unidas de B.C., S.A. de C.V. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2004).
10.3	First Amendment to Production Share Agreement, effective as of August 17, 2005, among the Registrant, North American Production Sharing, Inc., and Industrias Unidas de B.C., S.A. de C.V. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 25, 2005).
10.4*	Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2007).
10.5	Form of Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of March 14, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 19, 2008).
10.6*	1994 Stock Option Plan, amended as of May 24, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Commission File No. 333-52042) filed on December 18, 2000).
10.7*	2004 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Commission File No. 333-122-686) filed on February 10, 2005).
10.8*	2008 Incentive Stock Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference from Appendix B to the Registrant’s Preliminary Proxy Statement on Form PRER14A filed on June 8, 2012).
10.9	Member Interest Purchase Agreement among the Registrant and TLC Investments, LLC, Jamie Hall, and Robert E. Wilson dated December 31, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2010).

61

10.10	Convertible Promissory Note from the Registrant to TLC Investments, LLC, Jamie Hall, and Robert E. Wilson dated December 31, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2010).
10.11	Warrant Acquisition Agreement between the Registrant and Woodstone Energy, LLC dated December 31, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2010).
10.12	Form of Bonding Support Agreement dated as of December 29, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2010).
10.13	Form of Warrant Acquisition Agreement for bonding support dated as of December 29, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2010).
10.14*	Form of Agreement of Confidentiality and Non-Competition for employees including officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2010).
10.15	Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and Lincoln Park Capital Fund, LLC dated March 17, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 19, 2010).
10.16	Registration Rights Agreement between the Registrant and Lincoln Park Capital Fund, LLC dated March 17, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 19, 2010).
10.17	Note Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and EF Energy Partners LLC dated March 30, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2010).
10.18	Secured Subordinated Promissory Note from the Registrant to EF Energy Partners LLC dated March 30, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.49 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2010).
10.19	Warrant Acquisition Agreement among the Registrant and the investors named therein dated March 30, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.50 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2010).
10.20*	Form of Management Continuity Agreement for Executive Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 13, 2010).
10.21	Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant for 2008 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on September 8, 2010).
10.22	Modification to Sublease between the Registrant and Keystone Ruby, LLC and Cognovit Promissory Note as of September 1, 2010 (incoporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2012).
10.23	Financing Agreement between the Registrant and Rosenthal & Rosenthal, Inc. dated December 22, 2011 (incoporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2012).
10.24	Form of Securities Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and investors dated as of February 27, 2012  (incoporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2012).
10.25	Collaboration Agreement between the Registrant and Communal International Ltd. dated as of February 27, 2012 (incoporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2012).
10.26	First Amendment to Collaboration Agreement between the Registrant and Communal International Ltd., dated as of January 1, 2013 (filed with this report).
10.27	Continuity Agreement dated December 30, 2009 between the Company and Joseph G. Kavesk (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 13, 2012).
10.28	First Amendment dated December 7, 2012 to the Continuity Agreement between the Company and Joseph G. Kavesk (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 13, 2012).
10.29	Form of Convertible Subordinated Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 18, 2012).

62

10.30	Form of Note Purchase Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 18, 2012).
10.31	Form of Convertible Subordinated Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 12, 2013).
10.32	Form of Note Purchase Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 12, 2013).
21.1	Subsidiaries of the Registrant (filed with this Report).
23.1	Consent of Plante & Moran, PLLC, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (filed with this Report).
24.1	Power of Attorney (filed with this Report).
31.1	Rule 13a-14(a) Certification by Chief Executive Officer (filed with this Report).
31.2	Rule 13a-14(a) Certification by Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer (filed with this Report).
32.1	Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer (filed with this Report).
101	The following financial information from Energy Focus, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language):  (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), (iv) Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity, (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
*	Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

63

EX-10.1

EXHIBIT 10.1

ENERGY FOCUS. INC.

1994 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

(As Amended, As Of December 7, 2000, November 24, 2006, June 15, 2011, May 8, 2012, and August 7, 2012)

The following constitute the provisions of the 1994 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of Energy Focus, Inc.

1. PURPOSE. The purpose of the Plan is to provide employees of the Company and its Designated Subsidiaries with an opportunity to purchase Common Stock of the Company. It is the intention of the Company to have the Plan qualify as an "Employee Stock Purchase Plan" under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The provisions of the Plan shall, accordingly, be construed so as to extend and limit participation in a manner consistent with the requirements of that section of the Code.

2. DEFINITIONS.

(a) "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b) "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(c) "Common Stock" shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

(d) "Company" shall mean Energy Focus, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(e) "Compensation" shall mean all regular straight time gross earnings, excluding payments for overtime, shift premium, incentive compensation, incentive payments, bonuses, commissions and other compensation.

(f) "Continuous Status as an Employee" shall mean the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee. Continuous Status as an Employee shall not be considered interrupted in the case of a leave of absence agreed to in writing by the Company, provided that such leave is for a period of not more than 90 days or reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute.

(g) "Contributions" shall mean all amounts credited to the account of a participant pursuant to the Plan (whether credited pursuant to payroll deductions or lump-sum payment).

(h) "Designated Subsidiaries" shall mean the Subsidiaries which have been designated by the Board from time to time in its sole discretion as eligible to participate in the Plan.

(i) "Employee" shall mean any person, including an officer, who is customarily employed for at least twenty (20) hours per week and more than five (5) months in a calendar year by the Company or one of its Designated Subsidiaries.

(j) "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(k) "Exercise Date" shall mean the last day of each Offering Period of the Plan.

(l) "Offering Date" shall mean the first business day of each Offering Period of the Plan, except that in the case of an individual who becomes an eligible Employee after the first business day of an Offering Period but prior to the first business day of the last calendar quarter of such Offering Period, the term "Offering Date" shall mean the first business day of the calendar quarter coinciding with or next succeeding the day on which that individual becomes an eligible Employee.

Options granted after the first business day of an Offering Period will be subject to the same terms as the options granted on the First business day of such Offering Period except that they will have a different grant date (thus, potentially, a different exercise price) and, because they expire at the same time as the options granted on the first business day of such Offering Period, a shorter term.

1

(m) "Offering Period" shall mean a period of six (6) months except for the first offering period as set forth in Section 4.

(n) "Plan" shall mean this Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(o) "Subsidiary" shall mean a corporation, domestic or foreign, of which not less than 50% of the voting shares are held by the Company or a Subsidiary, whether or not such corporation now exists or is hereafter organized or acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary.

3. ELIGIBILITY.

(a) Any person who is an Employee as of the Offering Date of a given Offering Period shall be eligible to participate in such Offering Period under the Plan, provided that such person was not eligible to participate in such Offering Period as of any prior Offering Date, and further, subject to the requirements of Section 5(a) and the limitations imposed by Section 423(b) of the Code.

(b) Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no Employee shall be granted an option under the Plan (i) if immediately after the grant, such Employee (or any other person whose stock would be attributed to such Employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) would own stock and/or hold outstanding options to purchase stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or of any subsidiary of the Company, or (ii) if such option would permit his or her rights to purchase stock under all employee stock purchase plans (described in Section 423 of the Code) of the Company and its Subsidiaries to accrue at a rate which exceeds Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) of fair market value of such stock (determined at the time such option is granted) for each calendar year in which such option is outstanding at any time.

4. OFFERING PERIODS. The Plan shall be implemented by a series of Offering Periods, with new Offering Periods commencing on or about January 1 and July 1 of each year (or at such other time or times as may be determined by the Board of Directors). The first Offering Period shall commence on the beginning of the effective date of the Registration Statement on Form SB-2 for the initial public offering of the Company's Common Stock and continue until December 31, 1994. The Plan shall continue until terminated in accordance with Section 19 hereof. The Board of Directors of the Company shall have the power to change the duration and/or the frequency of Offering Periods with respect to future offerings without shareholder approval if such change is announced at least fifteen (15) days prior to the scheduled beginning of the first Offering Period to be affected.

5. PARTICIPATION.

(a) An eligible Employee may become a participant in the Plan by completing a subscription agreement on the form provided by the Company and filing it with the Company's payroll office prior to the applicable Offering Date, unless a later time for filing the subscription agreement is set by the Board for all eligible Employees with respect to a given offering. The subscription agreement shall set forth the percentage of the participant's Compensation (which shall be not less than 1% and not more than 15%) to be paid as Contributions pursuant to the Plan.

(b) Payroll deductions shall commence on the first payroll following the Offering Date and shall end on the last payroll paid on or prior to the Exercise Date of the offering to which the subscription agreement is applicable, unless sooner terminated by the participant as provided in Section 10.

(c) Lump-sum payments, if a permitted form of Contributions pursuant to Section 6(b), shall be made on the last business day prior to the Exercise Date of the applicable Offering Period.

2

6. METHOD OF PAYMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS.

(a) The participant shall elect to have payroll deductions made on each payday during the Offering Period in an amount not less than one percent (1%) and not more than fifteen percent (15%) of such participant's Compensation on each such payday; provided that the aggregate of such payroll deductions during the Offering Period shall not exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the participant's aggregate Compensation during said Offering Period. All payroll deductions made by a participant shall be credited to his or her account under the Plan. A participant may not make any additional payments into such account.

(b) The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that all participants shall make a lump-sum payment in lieu of payroll deductions for a specific Offering Period. If the Board determines that Contributions must be made by lump-sum payments during a particular Offering Period, (i) the Board shall specify the maximum lump-sum payment per participant for the particular Offering Period, which may be expressed as either a fixed dollar amount or as a percentage of such participant's aggregate Compensation during the applicable Offering Period, and (ii) the participant shall specify the lump-sum payment to be made pursuant to the Plan.

(c) A participant may discontinue his or her participation in the Plan as provided in Section 10, or, on one occasion only during the Offering Period, may decrease the rate of his or her Contributions during the Offering Period by completing and filing with the Company a new subscription agreement. The change in rate shall be effective as of the beginning of the calendar quarter following the date of filing of the new subscription agreement.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 3(b) herein, a participant's payroll deductions may be decreased to 0% at such time during any Offering Period which is scheduled to end during the current calendar year that the aggregate of all payroll deductions accumulated with respect to such Offering Period and any other Offering Period ending within the same calendar year equal $21,250. Payroll deductions shall re-commence at the rate provided in such participant's subscription agreement at the beginning of the first Offering Period which is scheduled to end in the following calendar year, unless terminated by the participant as provided in Section 10.

7. GRANT OF OPTION.

(a) On the Offering Date of each Offering Period, each eligible Employee participating in such Offering Period shall be granted an Option to purchase on the Exercise Date a number of shares of the Company's Common Stock determined by dividing such Employee's Contributions accumulated prior to such Exercise Date and retained in the participant's account as of the Exercise Date by the lower of (i) eighty-five percent (85%) of the fair market value of a share of the Company's Common Stock on the Offering Date, or (ii) eighty-five percent (85%) of the fair market value of a share of the Company's Common Stock on the Exercise Date; provided however, that the maximum number of shares an Employee may purchase during each Offering Period shall be determined at the Offering Date by dividing $12,500 by the fair market value of a share of the Company's Common Stock on the Offering Date, and provided further that such purchase shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 3(b) and 12. The fair market value of a share of the Company's Common Stock shall be determined as provided in Section 7(b).

(b) The option price per share of the shares offered in a given Offering Period shall be the lower of: (i) 85% of the fair market value of a share of the Common Stock of the Company on the Offering Date; or (ii) 85% of the fair market value of a share of the Common Stock of the Company on the Exercise Date. The fair market value of the Company's Common Stock on a given date shall be determined by the Board in its discretion based on the closing price of the Common Stock for such date (or, in the event that the Common Stock s not traded on such date, on the immediately preceding trading date), as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation (NASDAQ) National Market System or, if such price is not reported, the mean of the bid and asked prices per share of the Common Stock as reported by NASDAQ or, in the event the Common Stock is listed on a stock exchange, the fair market value per share shall be the closing price on such exchange on such date (or, in the event that the Common Stock is not traded on such date, on the immediately preceding trading date), as reported in THE WALL STREET JOURNAL. For purposes of the Offering Date under the first Offering Period under the Plan, the fair market value of a share of the Common Stock of the Company shall be the Price to Public as set forth in the final prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

3

8. EXERCISE OF OPTION. Unless a participant withdraws from the Plan as provided in Section 10, his or her option for the purchase of shares will be exercised automatically on the Exercise Date of the Offering Period, and the maximum number of full shares subject to the option will be purchased at the applicable option price with the accumulated Contributions in his or her account. The foregoing notwithstanding, no participant shall purchase more than the amounts of Company Stock set forth in Section 3(b). The shares purchased upon exercise of an option hereunder shall be deemed to be transferred to the participant on the Exercise Date. During his or her lifetime, a participant's option to purchase shares hereunder is exercisable only by him or her.

9. DELIVERY. As promptly as practicable after the Exercise Date of each Offering Period, the Company shall arrange the delivery to each participant, as appropriate, of a certificate representing the shares purchased upon exercise of his or her option. Any cash remaining to the credit of a participant's account under the Plan after a purchase by him or her of shares at the termination of each Offering Period, or which is insufficient to purchase a full share of Common Stock of the Company, shall be returned to said participant.

10. WITHDRAWAL; TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

(a) A participant may withdraw all but not less than all the Contributions credited to his or her account under the Plan at any time prior to the Exercise Date of the Offering Period by giving written notice to the Company. All of the participant's Contributions credited to his or her account will be paid to him or her promptly after receipt of his or her notice of withdrawal and his or her option for the current period will be automatically terminated, and no further Contributions for the purchase of shares will be made during the Offering Period.

(b) A participant shall be deemed to withdraw from the Plan if the participant declines or fails to remit to the Company on the last business day prior to the Exercise Date payment of any aggregate lump-sum contribution owed (as determined in accordance with such participant's subscription agreement).

(c) Upon termination of the participant's Continuous Status as an Employee prior to the Exercise Date of the Offering Period for any reason, including retirement or death, the Contributions credited to his or her account will be returned to him or her or, in the case of his or her death, to the person or persons entitled thereto under Section 14, and his or her option will be automatically terminated.

(d) In the event an Employee fails to remain in Continuous Status as an Employee of the Company for at least twenty (20) hours per week during the Offering Period in which the employee is a participant, he or she will be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the Plan and the Contributions credited to his or her account will be returned to him or her and his or her option terminated.

(e) A participant's withdrawal from an offering will not have any effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in a succeeding offering or in any similar plan which may hereafter be adopted by the Company.

11. INTEREST. No interest shall accrue on the Contributions of a participant in the Plan.

12. STOCK.

(a) The maximum number of shares of the Company's Common Stock which shall be made available for sale under the Plan shall be 600,000 shares, subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the Company as provided in Section 18. If the total number of shares which would otherwise be subject to options granted pursuant to Section 7(a) on the Offering Date of an Offering Period exceeds the number of shares then available under the Plan (after deduction of all shares for which options have been exercised or are then outstanding), the Company shall make a pro rata allocation of the shares remaining available for option grant in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine to be equitable. In such event, the Company shall give written notice of such reduction of the number of shares Subject to the option to each Employee affected thereby and shall similarly reduce the rate of Contributions, if necessary.

(b) The participant will have no interest or voting right in shares covered by his or her option until such option has been exercised.

4

(c) Shares to be delivered to a participant under the Plan will be registered in the name of the participant or in the name of the participant and his or her spouse.

13. ADMINISTRATION. The Board, or a committee named by the Board, shall supervise and administer the Plan and shall have full power to adopt, amend and rescind any rules deemed desirable and appropriate for the administration of the Plan and not inconsistent with the Plan, to construe and interpret the Plan, and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The composition of the committee shall be in accordance with the requirements to obtain or retain any available exemption from the operation of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated thereunder.

14. DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY.

(a) A participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any shares and cash, if any, from the participant's account under the Plan in the event of such participant's death subsequent to the end of the Offering Period but prior to delivery to him or her of such shares and cash. In addition, a participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the participant's account under the Plan in the event of such participant's death prior to the Exercise Date of the Offering Period. If a participant is married and the designated beneficiary is not the spouse, spousal consent shall be required for such designation to be effective.

(b) Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the participant (and his or her spouse, if any) at any time by written notice. In the event of the death of a participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the time of such participant's death, the Company shall deliver such shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the participant or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

15. TRANSFERABILITY. Neither Contributions credited to a participant's account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or to receive shares under the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as provided in Section 14) by the participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be without effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw funds in accordance with Section 10.

16. USE OF FUNDS. All Contributions received or held by the Company under the Plan may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose, and the Company shall not be obligated to segregate such Contributions.

17. REPORTS. Individual accounts will be maintained for each participant in the Plan. Statements of account will be given to participating Employees promptly following the Exercise Date, which statements will set forth the amounts of Contributions, the per share purchase price, the number of shares purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.

18. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION. Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each option under the Plan which has not yet been exercised and the number of shares of Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but have not yet been placed under option (collectively, the "Reserves"), as well as the price per share of Common Stock covered by each option under the Plan which has not yet been exercised, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been "effected without receipt of consideration". Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issue by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an option.

5

In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Offering Period will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action, unless otherwise provided by the Board. In the event of a proposed sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the merger of the Company with or into another corporation, each option under the Plan shall be assumed or an equivalent option shall be substituted by such successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation, unless the Board determines, in the exercise of its sole discretion and in lieu of such assumption or substitution, to shorten the Offering Period then in progress by setting a new Exercise Date (the "New Exercise Date"). If the Board shortens the Offering Period then in progress in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a merger or sale of assets, the Board shall notify each participant in writing, at least ten (10) days prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for his or her option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that his or her option will be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date he or she has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 10. For purposes of this paragraph, an option granted under the Plan shall be deemed to be assumed if, following the sale of assets or merger, the option confers the right to purchase, for each share of option stock subject to the option immediately prior to the sale of assets or merger, the consideration (whether stock, cash or other securities or property) received in the sale of assets or merger by holders of Common Stock for each share of Common Stock held on the effective date of the transaction (and if such holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the sale of assets or merger was not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent (as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code), the Board may, with the consent of the successor corporation and the participant, provide for the consideration to be received upon exercise of the option to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock and the sale of assets or merger.

The Board may, if it so determines in the exercise of its sole discretion, also make provision for adjusting the Reserves, as well as the price per share of Common Stock covered by each outstanding option, in the event that the Company effects one or more reorganizations, recapitalizations, rights offerings or other increases or reductions of shares of its outstanding Common Stock, and in the event of the Company being consolidated with or merged into any other corporation.

19. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION.

(a) The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time terminate or amend the Plan. Except as provided in Section 18, no such termination may affect options previously granted, nor may an amendment make any change in any option theretofore granted which adversely affects the rights of any participant. In addition, to the extent necessary to comply with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, or under Section 423 of the Code (or any successor rule or provision or any applicable law or regulation), the Company shall obtain shareholder approval in such a manner and to such a degree as so required.

(b) Without shareholder consent and without regard to whether any participant rights may be considered to have been adversely affected, the Board (or its committee) shall be entitled to change the Offering Periods, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit payroll withholding in excess of the amount designated by a participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company's processing of properly completed withholding elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the participant's Compensation, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Board (or its committee) determines in its sole discretion advisable which are consistent with the Plan.

20. NOTICES. All notices or other communications by a participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

21. CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES. Shares shall not be issued with respect to an option unless the exercise of such option and the issuance and delivery of such shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all applicable provisions of law, domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the shares may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

6

As a condition to the exercise of an option, the Company may require the person exercising such option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the aforementioned applicable provisions of law.

22. TERM OF PLAN; EFFECTIVE DATE. The Plan shall become effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board of Directors or its approval by the shareholders of the Company. It shall continue in effect for a term of twenty (20) years unless sooner terminated under Section 19.

23. ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS OF RULE 16B-3. The terms and conditions of options granted hereunder to, and the purchase of shares by, persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall comply with the applicable provisions of Rule 16b-3. This Plan shall be deemed to contain, and such options shall contain, and the shares issued upon exercise thereof shall be subject to, such additional conditions and restrictions as may be required by Rule 16b-3 to qualify for the maximum exemption from Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to Plan transactions.

7

EX-10.26

Exhibit 10.26

AMENDMENT #1

to the

ASIAN BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT/COLLABORATION AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT No. 1(“the Amendment”) to the ASIAN BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT/COLLABORATION AGREEMENT entered into between Energy Focus Inc. a Delaware Corporation (OTC: EFOI) (the “Company”), and Communal International Ltd. (“Communal”), on February 27, 2012 (this “Agreement”) is effective as of January 1, 2013.    The Company and Communal may be referred to hereinafter as a “Party”, or collectively, as the “Parties”.

WHEREAS, the Company and Communal desire to amend and modify the Agreement as follows:

1. Section 1entitled   “Scope of Services”.

Section 1 is deleted in its entirety and the following is inserted in its place:

1. Services.  During the respective terms set forth below, Communal shall provide to the Company the following Services (the “Services”):

A. Sales Representation:  Commencing on January 16, 2012 and continuing for a period of seventy-two (72) months, Communal will act as the exclusive agent for sales, marketing and distribution of  the Company’s products in the Territory pursuant to the Company’s standard distributor agreement which shall be negotiated, executed and delivered pursuant to Section 5 hereof (the “Distribution Agreement”).

B. Consulting Services:  Commencing on January 16, 2012 and continuing for a period of forty-eight (48) months, Communal will provide the following services:

(i)   Introduce the Company to new potential investors, vendors, customers and other constituents in the Territory;

(ii)  Assist in reducing the cost of manufacturing the Company’s goods and products;

(iii)  Assist in providing a reduction in the price and improving the quality of raw materials, components, sub-assemblies, manufactured products and other items necessary for the development, manufacture and sale of existing and new products;

(iv)  Introduce the Company to new markets, distributors, marketers, supply chain, shipping, transportation and logistics facilities in the Territory;

(v)  Assist in the development of a marketing, sales and distribution operation in the Territory; and

(vi)  Provide management consulting to improve business performance.

2. Section 2 entitled “Compensation”.

Section 2 entitled “Compensation” is amended to create new Section 2 A and 2 B:

A. Compensation payable in 2012. (The balance of the Section remains the same.)

The following will be will be inserted as a new Section 2 B:

B.  Compensation payable in 2013: The Company will pay Four Hundred and Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($425,000) to Communal in quarterly installments due and payable on or before the last day of each quarter, provided, however, that the total amount is paid in full on or before December 31, 2013.

3. Section 3entitled “Territory”.

Section3will be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

The Territory shall be (with the exception of products sold by the Company’s Crescent Lighting Ltd. subsidiary and its agents and any existing Company customers) the following countries: Japan, Taiwan, China, Thailand, Singapore, Vietnam, South Korea and Australia.  As of January 1, 2013, the following countries shall be added to the Territory: Vietnam, Brazil, India, Malaysia, Indonesia, and the Philippines.

4. Section 8 entitled “Survival”.

Section 8 will be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Section 8:  All representations, warranties, and covenants made by the Parties hereto shall be considered to have been relied upon by the parties hereto and shall survive the execution, performance and delivery of this Agreement.

This agreement may be terminated by either party, with or without cause, upon 30 days written notice after December 31, 2013.

5. Miscellaneous.  This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original and all of which counterparts, taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Amendment to Asian Business Development/Collaboration Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

[SIGNATURES ON PAGE 4]

Executed as of the day and date set forth above at Solon, Ohio.

Communal International Ltd.		Energy Focus, Inc
By:	/s/ James Tu	By:	/s/ Joseph G. Kaveski
Name:	James Tu	Name:	Joseph G. Kaveski
Title:	Managing Partner	Title:	Chief Executive Officer
Date:	March 26, 2013	Date:	March 26, 2013

EX-21.1

EXHIBIT 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES

Name	Location	Doing Business as
Stones River Companies, LLC	Nashville, Tennessee	Stones River Companies, LLC
Crescent Lighting, Ltd	Thatcham, Berkshire, United Kingdom	Crescent Lighting Limited

EX-23.1

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We have issued our report dated March 27, 2013, with respect to the consolidated financial statements (which report expressed an unqualified opinion and contains an explanatory paragraph relating to substantial doubt about Energy Focus, Inc.’s ability to continue as a going concern) and in the Annual Report of Energy Focus, Inc. on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.

/s/ Plante & Moran, PLLC

Cleveland, Ohio

March 27, 2013

EX-24.1

EXHIBIT 24.1

ENERGY FOCUS INC.

2012 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

Power of Attorney

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENT:  That each person whose name is signed below has made, constituted, and appointed, and by this instrument does make, constitute, and appoint, Joseph G. Kaveski or Mark J. Plush his true and lawful attorney for him and in his name, place, and stead, with power of substitution, to subscribe, as attorney-in-fact, his signature as Director or Officer or both, as the case may be, of Energy Focus, Inc., a Delaware corporation, to its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, and to any and all amendments to that Annual Report, hereby giving and granting to each attorney-in-fact full power and authority to do and perform every act and thing necessary to be done in the premises, as fully as he might or could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each attorney-in-fact shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

This Power of Attorney shall not apply to any Annual Report on Form 10-K or amendment thereto filed after December 31, 2013.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Power of Attorney has been signed as of March 27, 2013.

/s/ Joseph G. Kaveski	/s/ Mark J. Plush
Joseph G. Kaveski	Mark J. Plush
Chief Executive Officer and Director	Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer
Principal Executive Officer	Principal Financial and Accounting Officer

/s/ James Tu	/s/Jennifer Cheng
James Tu	Jennifer Cheng
Chairman of the Board of Directors	Director

/s/ Simon Cheng	/s/ John M. Davenport
Simon Cheng	John M. Davenport
Director	Director

/s/ J. James Finnerty	/s/ R. Louis Schneeberger
J. James Finnerty	R. Louis Schneeberger
Director	Director

EX-31.1

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Joseph G. Kaveski, certify that:

1.  I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Energy Focus, Inc.;

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.  The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and we have;

(a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.  The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting,  to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 27, 2013	/s/ Joseph G. Kaveski
	Joseph G. Kaveski
	Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Mark J. Plush, certify that:

1.  I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Energy Focus, Inc.;

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.  The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and we have;

(a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.  The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting,  to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 27, 2013	/s/ Mark J. Plush
	Mark J. Plush
	Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

EX-32.1

EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED

PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Energy Focus, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 (the “Report”), I, Joseph G. Kaveski, Chief Executive Officer of the Company and I, Mark J. Plush, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:

(i)   the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(ii)  the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operationsof the Company.

/s/ Joseph G. Kaveski

Joseph G. Kaveski

Chief Executive Officer

March 27, 2013

/s/ Mark J. Plush

Mark J. Plush

Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

March 27, 2013

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Energy Focus, Inc. and will be retained by Energy Focus, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

XML

Note 3 - Inventories (Detail) - Inventory (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Raw materials	$ 1,649	$ 1,517
Finished goods	932	912
Inventories, net	$ 2,581	$ 2,429

XML

Note 10 - Shareholders Equity (Detail) - Warrant Activity (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Balance, December 31, 2009	3,256,378	3,291,378	4,437,639
Balance, December 31, 2009 (in Dollars per Item)	1.43	1.42	1.24
Warrants Issued	9,800,000	125,000	855,000
Warrants Issued Weighted Average Exercise Price (in Dollars per share)	$ 0.54	$ 0.01	$ 0.50
Warrants Exercised		(160,000)	(1,730,062)
Warrants Exercised Weighted Average Exercise Price (in Dollars per share)		$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Warrants cancelled			(271,199)
Warrants cancelled (in Dollars per share)			$ 4.50
Warrants Outstanding Balance	13,056,378	3,256,378	3,291,378
Warrants Outstanding Weighted Average Exercise Price (in Dollars per Item)	0.76	1.43	1.42
Exercisable, December 31, 2012	12,856,378
Exercisable, December 31, 2012 (in Dollars per share)	$ 0.77

XML

Note 8 - Debt (Detail)	12 Months Ended					12 Months Ended							36 Months Ended					12 Months Ended	35 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2011 USD ($)	Dec. 22, 2011 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009	Dec. 31, 2012 Accounts Receivable [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Inventory, Lower of Cost or Market Value [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Inventory, Maximum Value [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Inventories [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Overdrafts [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 Lloyds Bank Plc [Member] USD ($)	May 31, 2012 Lloyds Bank Plc [Member] EUR (€)	Dec. 31, 2014 Termination before First Year, Percentage [Member]	Dec. 31, 2014 Termination before Second Year, Percentage [Member]	Dec. 31, 2014 Termination before Third Year, Percentage [Member]	Dec. 31, 2014 Years [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Unsecured Convetible Notes [Member] USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2012 Convertible Promissory Note - TLC Investments LLC [Member]	Jun. 13, 2013 Convertible Promissory Note - TLC Investments LLC [Member] USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2012 Cognovit Note - Keystone Ruby, LLC [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Letter of Credit Agreement - Mark Plush [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Unsecured Promissory Note - Quercus Trust [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Letter of Credit Agreement - Quercus Trust [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Secured Subordinated Promissory Note - EF Energy Partners LLC [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Letter of Credit Agreement - John Davenport [Member]
Line of Credit Facility, Maximum Borrowing Capacity (in Dollars)			$ 4,500,000									€ 100,000
Line of Credit Facility, Collateral						85%	50%	$250
Line of Credit Facility, Interest Rate Description						8.5%			10.0%	13%
Line of Credit Facility, Commitment Fee Percentage	1.00%
Line of Credit Facility, Description													3%	2%	1%	three
Line of Credit Facility, Amount Outstanding (in Dollars)	1,600,000	701,000									0
Line of Credit Facility, Maximum Borrowing Capacity (in Euro)			4,500,000									100,000
Line of Credit Facility, Interest Rate During Period											3.60%
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Stated Percentage																	5.00%			10.00%	12.50%	1.00%	12.50%	12.50%	12.50%
Debt Instrument, Convertible, Conversion Price (in Dollars per share)																	$ 0.23
Debt Instrument, Basis Spread on Variable Rate																		2.00%
Debt Instrument, Convertible, Number of Equity Instruments																		500,000
Debt Instrument, Convertible, Stock Price Trigger (in Dollars per share)																			$ 2.00
Debt Instrument, Fee Amount (in Dollars)																			$ 500,000
Debt Instrument, Collateral																					32%
Term of Warrant or Rights																					5 years
Class of Warrant or Right, Number of Securities Called by Warrants or Rights (in Shares)		(160,000)		(1,730,062)																	125,000				125,000
Class of Warrant or Right, Exercise Price of Warrants or Rights (in Dollars per Item)	0.76	1.43		1.42	1.24																0.01				0.01

XML

Note 12 - Segments and Geographic Information (Detail) - Summary of Geographic Long-Lived Assets (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
United States	$ 2,350	$ 3,747
International	58	57
Long-lived assets, net	$ 2,408	$ 3,804

XML

Note 10 - Shareholders Equity (Detail) - Warrants Outstanding and Exercisable	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Exercise Price (in Dollars per Item)	0.76	1.43	1.42	1.24
Number of Shares Outstanding	13,056,378	3,256,378	3,291,378	4,437,639
Number of Shares Exercisable	12,856,378
Warrants Outstanding [Member] | Exercise Price $0.01 [Member]
Weighted Average Remaining Contactual Life	2 years 255 days
Warrants Outstanding [Member] | Exercise Price $0.49 [Member]
Weighted Average Remaining Contactual Life	2 years
Warrants Outstanding [Member] | Exercise Price $0.54 [Member]
Weighted Average Remaining Contactual Life	2 years 73 days
Warrants Outstanding [Member] | Exercise Price $1.20 [Member]
Weighted Average Remaining Contactual Life	2 years 73 days
Warrants Outstanding [Member] | Exercise Price $1.97 [Member]
Weighted Average Remaining Contactual Life	73 days
Warrants Outstanding [Member]
Weighted Average Remaining Contactual Life	3 years 146 days
Warrants Exercisable [Member] | Exercise Price $0.01 [Member]
Weighted Average Remaining Contactual Life	2 years 255 days
Warrants Exercisable [Member] | Exercise Price $0.49 [Member]
Weighted Average Remaining Contactual Life	2 years
Warrants Exercisable [Member] | Exercise Price $0.54 [Member]
Weighted Average Remaining Contactual Life	2 years 73 days
Warrants Exercisable [Member] | Exercise Price $1.20 [Member]
Weighted Average Remaining Contactual Life	2 years 73 days
Warrants Exercisable [Member] | Exercise Price $1.97 [Member]
Weighted Average Remaining Contactual Life	73 days
Warrants Exercisable [Member]
Weighted Average Remaining Contactual Life	3 years 146 days
Exercise Price $0.01 [Member]
Exercise Price (in Dollars per Item)	0.01
Number of Shares Outstanding	300,000
Number of Shares Exercisable	300,000
Exercise Price $0.49 [Member]
Exercise Price (in Dollars per Item)	0.49
Number of Shares Outstanding	600,000
Number of Shares Exercisable	400,000
Exercise Price $0.54 [Member]
Exercise Price (in Dollars per Item)	0.54
Number of Shares Outstanding	9,800,000
Number of Shares Exercisable	9,800,000
Exercise Price $1.20 [Member]
Exercise Price (in Dollars per Item)	1.20
Number of Shares Outstanding	350,000
Number of Shares Exercisable	350,000
Exercise Price $1.97 [Member]
Exercise Price (in Dollars per Item)	1.97
Number of Shares Outstanding	2,006,378
Number of Shares Exercisable	2,006,378

XML

Note 6 - Accrued Liabilities (Current) (Detail) - Accrued Liabilities (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2010
Accrued sales commissions and incentives	$ 395	$ 514
Accrued warranty expense	100	159	126
Accrued professional fees	161	153
Accrued employee benefits	296	319
Accrued interest	13	87
Accrued taxes	202	162
Accrued performance-related contingent consideration	351	728
Accrued subcontractor services	286
Accrued other expenses	191	143
Total accrued expenses	$ 1,995	$ 2,265

XML

Note 10 - Shareholders Equity (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Schedule of Stockholders' Equity Note, Warrants or Rights [Table Text Block]

	Warrants Outstanding			Weighted Average Exercise Price
Balance, December 31, 2009		4,437,639		$	1.24
Warrants issued		855,000			0.50
Warrants exercised		(1,730,062	)		0.01
Warrants cancelled		(271,199	)		4.50
Balance, December 31, 2010		3,291,378		$	1.42
Warrants issued		125,000			0.01
Warrants exercised		(160,000	)		0.01
Balance, December 31, 2011		3,256,378		$	1.43
Warrants issued		9,800,000			0.54
Balance, December 31, 2012		13,056,378		$	0.76
Exercisable, December 31, 2012		12,856,378		$	0.77

Schedule of Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Table Text Block]

Impact on Results for Stock-based Compensation

	Years ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Cost of sales	$	-	$	-	$	2
Research and development		27		37		43
Sales and marketing		27		141		96
General and administrative		146		248		737
Total stock-based compensation	$	200	$	426	$	878

Schedule of Share-based Payment Award, Stock Options, Valuation Assumptions [Table Text Block]

	2012			2011			2010
Expected life of option (years)		5.6			6.1			4.0
Risk-free interest rate		0.82	%		2.36	%		1.61	%
Expected volatility		59.00	%		56.35	%		98.31	%
Dividend yield		0	%		0	%		0	%

Schedule of Share-based Compensation, Stock Options, Activity [Table Text Block]

	Number of Options			Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share
Outstanding at December 31, 2009		1,769,750		$	3.63
Granted		1,115,000			1.08
Cancelled		(993,583	)		1.68
Exercised		(13,750	)		0.60
Outstanding at December 31, 2010		1,877,417		$	3.36
Granted		1,040,000			0.84
Cancelled		(591,419	)		2.99
Exercised		(7,500	)		0.60
Outstanding at December 31, 2011		2,318,498		$	2.28
Granted		120,000			0.27
Cancelled		(253,915	)		2.22
Exercised		-			-
Outstanding at December 31, 2012		2,184,583		$	2.20
Vested and Expected to Vest at December 31, 2012		2,058,833		$	2.29
Exercisable at December 31, 2012		1,494,063		$	2.87

Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Vested and Expected to Vest, Outstanding and Exercisable [Table Text Block]

Range of Exercise Prices				Number of Shares Outstanding		Weighted Average Remaining Contactual Life		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Number Exercisable		Weighted Average Exercise Price
						(in years)
	$0.26	-	$0.71		729,500		8.2	$	0.52		341,279	$	0.56
	$1.00	-	$1.40		803,333		7.5	$	1.16		501,034	$	1.07
	$2.00	-	$3.35		248,750		5.0	$	2.12		248,750	$	2.12
	$4.91	-	$6.45		167,000		4.5	$	6.04		167,000	$	6.04
	$7.00	-	$11.66		236,000		2.7	$	8.29		236,000	$	8.29
					2,184,583		6.7	$	2.20		1,494,063		2.87

Schedule of Share-based Compensation, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units Activity [Table Text Block]

	Restricted Stock Outstanding			Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
At December 31, 2009		228,128		$	0.67
Granted		392,490			1.01
Vested		(122,989	)		1.51
At December 31, 2010		497,629		$	0.73
Granted		114,767			0.96
Vested		(197,721	)	$	0.87
At December 31, 2011		414,675		$	0.73
Granted		-			-
Vested		-			-
At December 31, 2012		414,675		$	0.73

Warrants or Rights Outstanding and Exercisable [Member]

Schedule of Stockholders' Equity Note, Warrants or Rights [Table Text Block]

Exercise Price		Number of Shares Outstanding		Weighted Average Remaining Contactual Life		Number of Shares Exercisable		Weighted Average Remaining Contactual Life
				(in years)				(in years)
$	0.01		300,000		2.7		300,000		2.7
$	0.49		600,000		2.0		400,000		2.0
$	0.54		9,800,000		2.2		9,800,000		2.2
$	1.20		350,000		2.2		350,000		2.2
$	1.97		2,006,378		0.2		2,006,378		0.2
			13,056,378		3.4		12,856,378		3.4

XML

Note 16 - Subsequent Events (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012 Subsequent Event [Member]
Convertible Debt Authorized Amount		$ 3.8
Proceeds from Convertible Debt	$ 1.5	$ 1.7
Debt Instrument, Convertible, Conversion Price (in Dollars per share)		$ 0.23
Premium on Average Closing Price		12.00%

XML

Note 10 - Shareholders Equity (Detail) - Stock Option Fair Value Measurement Assumptions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Expected life of option (years)	5 years 219 days	6 years 36 days	4 years
Risk-free interest rate	0.82%	2.36%	1.61%
Expected volatility	59.00%	56.35%	98.31%
Dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%

XML

Note 13 - Restructuring (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2010
Restructuring Charges	$ 26

XML

Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Schedule of Product Warranty Liability [Table Text Block]

	Year ended December 31,
	2012			2011
Balance at the beginning of the year	$	100		$	126
Accruals for warranties issued		143			44
Settlements made during the year (in cash or in kind)		(84	)		(70	)
Balance at the end of the year	$	159		$	100

XML

Note 8 - Debt (Detail) - Future Maturities of Remaining Borrowings (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
2013	$ 804
2014	59
2015	1,566
2016	72
2017	26
2018 and thereafter	70
Gross long-term borrowings	2,597
Less: discounts on long-term borrowings	(48)	(172)
Total commitment, net	2,549	1,810
Less: portion classified as current	(756)	(855)
Long-term borrowings, net	$ 1,793	$ 955

XML

Note 4 - Property and Equipment (Detail) - Property and Equipment (Parentheticals)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Equipment [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Property and Equipment, Useful Life	3 years	3 years
Equipment [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Property and Equipment, Useful Life	15 years	15 years
Tooling [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Property and Equipment, Useful Life	2 years	2 years
Tooling [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Property and Equipment, Useful Life	5 years	5 years
Furniture and Fixtures [Member]
Property and Equipment, Useful Life	5 years	5 years
Software [Member]
Property and Equipment, Useful Life	3 years	3 years
Minimum [Member]
Property and Equipment, Useful Life	2 years
Maximum [Member]
Property and Equipment, Useful Life	15 years

XML

Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Parent (in Dollars)	$ (5,709,000)	$ (6,055,000)	$ (8,517,000)
Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit) (in Dollars)	(80,624,000)	(74,915,000)
Cash Equivalents, at Carrying Value (in Dollars)	1,100,000
Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents (in Dollars)	252,000	19,000	128,000
Inventory Adjustments (in Dollars)	217,000	236,000	295,000
Contract Receivable Retainage (in Dollars)	634,000	474,000
Operating Loss Carryforwards (in Dollars)	70,700,000
Cash Collateral for Borrowed Securities (in Dollars)	1,000,000	1,000,000
Goodwill, Impairment Loss (in Dollars)	672,000
Advertising Expense (in Dollars)	289,000	273,000	206,000
Percentage [Member]
Contract Receivable Retainage, Description	10%
Solutions Segment [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Sales Contract Term	3 months
Solutions Segment [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Sales Contract Term	18 months
Percentage [Member]
Contract Receivable Retainage, Description	5%
Months [Member]
Contract Receivable Retainage, Description	three
Months [Member]
Contract Receivable Retainage, Description	eighteen
US Navy Supply Contract [Member]
Revenues (in Dollars)	23,100,000
Minimum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Useful Life	2 years
Finite-Lived Intangible Asset, Useful Life	5 years
Standard Product Warranty Description	one
Maximum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Useful Life	15 years
Finite-Lived Intangible Asset, Useful Life	10 years
Standard Product Warranty Description	five
Accounts Receivable [Member]
Concentration Risk, Customer	four	four
Concentration Risk, Percentage	75.00%	44.00%
Sales Revenue, Services, Net [Member]
Concentration Risk, Customer	four	four	two
Concentration Risk, Percentage	42.00%	36.00%	36.00%
Specific Materials Requirement [Member]
Concentration Risk, Percentage	100.00%
Concentration Risk, Supplier	single
Deposit with a European Bank [Member]
Cash Equivalents, at Carrying Value (in Dollars)	$ 97,000

XML

Note 9 - Commitments and Contingencies (Detail) - Future Minimum Non-Cancelable Lease Commitments (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2012
2013	$ 591
2014	212
2015	88
2016	78
2017	27
Total commitment	$ 996

XML

Note 12 - Segments and Geographic Information (Detail) - Reportable Segment Data (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Net sales	$ 29,837	$ 25,752	$ 35,129
Cost of sales	23,600	20,581	28,726
Gross profit	6,237	5,171	6,403
Research and development	368	(515)	(202)
Sales and marketing	5,696	6,200	6,415
General and administrative	4,646	5,062	6,115
Loss on impairment	672		156
Restructuring			26
Total operating expenses	11,280	10,392	14,322
Reconciliation of segment (loss) income to net loss:
Valuation of equity instruments		(56)	(1,812)
Change in estimate of contingent liabilities	102	411
Net income (loss) from continuing operations	(5,709)	(6,057)	(8,511)
Benefit from (Provision for) income taxes		2	(6)
Net loss	(5,709)	(6,055)	(8,517)
Solutions Segment [Member]
Net sales	10,569	9,563	19,763
Cost of sales	9,150	8,041	16,332
Gross profit	1,419	1,522	3,431
Sales and marketing	1,312	1,332	1,407
General and administrative	769	939	1,377
Loss on impairment	672
Total operating expenses	2,753	2,271	2,784
Reconciliation of segment (loss) income to net loss:
Net income (loss) from continuing operations	(1,334)	(749)	647
Products Segment [Member]
Net sales	19,268	16,189	15,366
Cost of sales	14,450	12,540	12,394
Gross profit	4,818	3,649	2,972
Research and development	368	(515)	(202)
Sales and marketing	3,641	4,629	4,796
General and administrative	261	318	293
Loss on impairment			156
Restructuring			26
Total operating expenses	4,270	4,432	5,069
Reconciliation of segment (loss) income to net loss:
Net income (loss) from continuing operations	548	(783)	(2,097)
Segments Total [Member]
Reconciliation of segment (loss) income to net loss:
Net income (loss) from continuing operations	(786)	(1,532)	(1,450)
Overhead [Member]
Sales and marketing	743	239	212
General and administrative	3,616	3,805	4,445
Total operating expenses	4,257	3,689	6,469
Reconciliation of segment (loss) income to net loss:
Valuation of equity instruments		56	1,812
Change in estimate of contingent liabilities	(102)	(411)
Other expense	$ (666)	$ (836)	$ (592)

XML

Note 11 - Income Taxes (Detail) (USD $)	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Deferred Tax Assets, Net	$ 2,000	$ 2,000	$ 14,000
Operating Loss Carryforwards	$ 70,700,000

XML

Note 7 - Contracts in Progress (Detail) - Costs and Estimated Earnings on Contracts in Progress (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Costs incurred on uncompleted contracts	$ 7,067	$ 3,193
Estimated earnings	1,330	855
Total revenues	8,397	4,048
Less: billings to date	8,762	4,031
Total	(365)	17
Balance sheet classification:
Costs in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts	99	171
Billings in excess of costs on uncompleted contracts	$ (464)	$ (154)

XML

Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Significant Accounting Policies [Text Block]

2.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The significant accounting policies of the Company, which are summarized below, are consistent with generally accepted accounting principles and reflect practices appropriate to the business in which the Company operates.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Estimates include, but are not limited to, the establishment of reserves for accounts receivable, sales returns, inventory obsolescence and warranty claims; the useful lives for property, equipment, and intangible assets; revenues recognized on a percentage-of-completion basis; and stock-based compensation.  In addition, estimates and assumptions associated with the determination of the fair value of financial instruments and evaluation of goodwill and long-lived assets for impairment requires considerable judgment.  Actual results could differ from those estimates and such differences could be material.

Reclassifications

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified within the Consolidated Financial Statements (“financial statements”), and related notes thereto, to be consistent with the current year presentation.

Basis of Presentation

The financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries, Stones River Companies, LLC (“SRC”) in Nashville, Tennessee, and Crescent Lighting Limited (“CLL”) located in the United Kingdom.  All significant inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Going Concern

The Company has experienced net losses of $5.7 million, $6.1 million and $8.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  As of December 31, 2012, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $80.6 million.  Although management continues to address many of the legacy issues that have historically burdened the Company’s financial performance, the Company still faces challenges in order to reach profitability.  In order for the Company to attain profitability and growth, we will need to improve gross margins, successfully execute our marketing and sales plans for our turnkey energy-efficient solutions business, receive additional orders on and fulfill the $23.1 million U.S. Navy supply contract, develop new technologies that result in sustainable product lines, continue our cost reduction efforts throughout the Company, and continue to improve our supply chain performance.

The Company’s independent public accounting firm has issued an opinion in connection with the Company’s 2012 Annual Report on Form 10-K raising substantial doubt as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.  This opinion stems from the Company’s historically poor operating performance and the Company’s historical inability to generate sufficient cash flow to meet obligations and sustain operations without obtaining additional external financing.  The Company remains optimistic about obtaining the funding necessary to continue as a going concern, however, there can be no assurances that this objective will be successful.  As such, the Company continues to review and pursue selected external funding sources, if necessary, to execute these objectives including, but not limited to, the following:

· obtain financing from traditional and non-traditional investment capital organizations or individuals,

· potential sale or divestiture of one or more operating units, and

· obtain funding from the sale of common stock or other equity or debt instruments.

Obtaining financing through the above-mentioned mechanisms contains risks, including:

· loans or other debt instruments may have terms and/or conditions, such as interest rate, restrictive covenants, and control or revocation provisions, which are not acceptable to management or the Board of Directors,

· the current environment in capital markets combined with the Company’s capital constraints may prevent the Company from being able to obtain any debt financing,

· financing may not be available for parties interested in pursuing the acquisition of one or more operating units of the Company, and

· additional equity financing may not be available to the Company in the current capital environment and could lead to further dilution of shareholder value for current shareholders of record.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when it is realized or realizable, has been earned, and when all of the following has occurred:

· persuasive evidence or an arrangement exists (e.g., a sales order, a purchase order, or a sales agreement),

· shipment has occurred, with the standard shipping term being F.O.B. ship point, or services provided on a proportional performance basis or installation have been completed,

· price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, and

· collectability is reasonably assured.

Revenues from the Company’s products segmentbusiness are generally recognized upon shipping based upon the following:

· all sales made by the Company to its customer base are non-contingent, meaning that they are not tied to that customer’s resale of products,

· standard terms of sale contain shipping terms of F.O.B. ship point, meaning that title and risk of loss is transferred when shipping occurs, and

· there are no automatic return provisions that allow the customer to return the product in the event that the product does not sell within a defined timeframe.

Revenues and profits from the Company’s solutions segment are generally recognized by applying percentage-of-completion for the period to the estimated profits for the respective contracts.  Percentage-of-completion is determined by relating the actual cost of the work performed to date to the current estimated total cost of the respective contracts.  When the estimate on a contract indicates a loss, the Company’s policy is to record the entire loss during the accounting period in which it is estimable.  In the ordinary course of business, at a minimum on a quarterly basis, the Company prepares updated estimates of the total forecasted revenue, cost and profit or loss for each contract.  The cumulative effect of revisions in estimates of the total forecasted revenue and costs during the course of the work is reflected in the accounting period in which the facts that caused the revision become known.  The financial impact of these revisions to any one contract is a function of both the amount of the revision and the percentage-of- completion of the contract.  Revenues from the Company’s solutions segment will generally be larger contracts and may range from three to eighteen months in duration.

In accordance with normal practices in the industry, the Company includes in current assets and current liabilities amounts related to contracts realizable and payable.  Billings in excess of costs represent the excess of contract billings to date over the amount of contract costs and profits (or contract revenue) recognized to date on a percentage-of-completion basis.  Costs in excess of billings represent the excess of contract costs and profits (or contract revenue) recognized to date on the percentage-of-completion basis over the amount of contract billings to date on the remaining contracts.  See Note 7, Contracts in Progress, for additional information.

Revenues from research & development contracts are recognized primarily on the percentage-of-completion method of accounting.  Deferred revenue is recorded for the excess of contract billings over the amount of contract costs and profits.  Costs in excess of billings, included in prepaid and other assets, are recorded for contract costs in excess of contract billings.

The Company warrants its products against defects or workmanship issues.   It sets up allowances for estimated returns, discounts, and warranties upon recognition of revenue, and these allowances are adjusted periodically to reflect actual and anticipated returns, discounts, and warranty expenses.  These allowances are based on past history and historical trends, and contractual terms.  Distributor’s obligation to the Company is not contingent upon the resale of its products and as such does not prohibit revenue recognition.

Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company has $1.1 million in cash on deposit with financial institutions in the United States as of December 31, 2012, of which $252 thousand is designated as restricted cash and relates to funds received from a grant from/for a branch of the United States government.  The remaining cash of $97 thousand is on deposit with a European bank in the United Kingdom.

Inventories

The Company states inventories at the lower of standard cost (which approximates actual cost determined using the first-in-first-out method) or market.  The Company establishes provisions for excess and obsolete inventories after evaluation of historical sales, current economic trends, forecasted sales, product lifecycles, and current inventory levels.  Charges to cost of sales for excess and obsolete inventories amounted to $217 thousand, $236 thousand and $295 thousand in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Accounts Receivable

The Company’s customers currently are concentrated in the United States and Europe.  In the normal course of business, the Company extends unsecured credit to its customers related to the sale of its services and products.  Typical credit terms require payment within thirty days from the date of delivery or service.  The Company evaluates and monitors the creditworthiness of each customer on a case-by-case basis.  The Company also provides allowances for sales returns and doubtful accounts based on its continuing evaluation of its customers’ ongoing requirements and credit risk.  The Company writes-off accounts receivable when management deems that they have become uncollectible and payments subsequently received on such receivables are credited to the allowance for doubtful accounts.  The Company does not generally require collateral from its customers.

Retainage Receivable

The Company’s solutions segment sales are normally subject to a holdback of a percentage of the sale as retainage.  This holdback is recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as “Retainage receivable.”  Retainage is a portion of the total bid price of a project that is held back by the customer until the project is complete and functioning satisfactorily according to the contract terms.  Retainage percentages typically range from 5% to 10% and are collected anywhere from three to eighteen months from the inception of the project.  For the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had retainage receivable from its customers totaling $634 thousand and $474 thousand, respectively.

Income Taxes

As part of the process of preparing its financial statements, the Company estimates its income tax liability in each of the jurisdictions in which it does business.  This process involves estimating the Company’s actual current tax expense together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items, such as deferred revenues, for tax and accounting purposes.  These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  The Company then assesses the likelihood that these deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent to which the Company believes that recovery is more likely than not, or is unknown, the Company establishes a valuation allowance.

Significant management judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and any valuation allowance recorded against such deferred tax assets.  At December 31, 2012, the Company has a full valuation allowance against deferred tax assets in the United States due to uncertainties related to its ability to utilize those deferred tax assets, primarily consisting of certain net operating losses carried forward. The valuation allowance is based on estimates of taxable income by jurisdiction and the periods over which its deferred tax assets could be recoverable.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company has a net operating loss carry-forward of approximately $70.7 million for federal, state and local income tax purposes. If not utilized, these carry-forwards will begin to expire in 2021 for federal and have begun to expire for state and local purposes.  Due to changes in the Company’s capital structure, the net operating loss carry-forward available to the Company in future years to offset future taxable liabilities may be limited under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”).  Management is currently reviewing the rules under this section of the Code, but believes that the limitation on the Company’s net operating loss carry-forward may be significant.  Please refer to Note 11, Income taxes, for additional information.

Collateralized Assets

The Company maintains $1.0 million of cash collateral related to the Company’s surety bonding program associated with SRC.  This cash is pledged to the surety carrier until which time the Company is able to provide sufficient alternative means of collateralization satisfactory to the surety carrier.

Fair Value Measurements

The carrying amounts of certain financial instruments including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximate fair value due to their short maturities.  Based on borrowing rates currently available to the Company for loans with similar terms, the carrying value of long-term debt obligations also approximates fair value.

Long-Lived Assets

Property and equipment is stated at cost and include expenditures for additions and major improvements.  Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to operations as incurred.  We use the straight-line method of depreciation over their estimated useful lives of the related assets (generally two to fifteen years) for financial reporting purposes.  Accelerated methods of depreciation are used for federal income tax purposes.  When assets are sold or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.  Refer to Note 4, Property and Equipment, for additional information.

The Company classifies intangible assets into two categories: (1) intangible assets with definite lives subject to amortization, and (2) goodwill. We determine the useful lives of our identifiable intangible assets after considering the specific facts and circumstances related to each intangible asset. Factors we consider when determining useful lives include the contractual term of any agreement related to the asset, the historical performance of the asset, our long-term strategy for using the asset, any laws or other local regulations which could impact the useful life of the asset, and other economic factors, including competition and specific market conditions. Intangible assets that are deemed to have definite lives are amortized, on a straight-line basis or other method which best approximates cash flows, over their useful lives, ranging from 5 to 10 years.  Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in a business acquisition.  Refer to Note 5, Goodwill and Intangible Assets, for additional information.

Long-lived assets, other than goodwill, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Events or circumstances that would result in an impairment review primarily include operations reporting losses, a significant change in the use of an asset, or the planned disposal or sale of the asset.  The asset would be considered impaired when the future net undiscounted cash flows generated by the asset are less than its carrying value.  An impairment loss would be recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value, as determined by quoted market prices (if available) or the present value of expected future cash flows.

The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment at least annually using the projected present value of future cash flows of the reporting unit, taking into account historical performance.  A significant amount of judgment is required in estimating fair value of the reporting unit.  Based on historical losses incurred, it was determined that goodwill was impaired, and in 2012, we wrote off the entire $672 thousand balance of goodwill, which resulted from our 2009 acquisition of SRC, as a result of our evaluation.

Certain Risks and Concentrations

The Company sells its products and solutions services through a combination of direct sales employees, independent sales representatives, and various distributors in different geographic markets throughout the world.  The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral.  Although the Company maintains allowances for potential credit losses that it believes to be adequate, a payment default on a significant sale could materially and adversely affect its operating results and financial condition.

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, four customers accounted for 75% and 44% of net accounts receivable, including retainage receivable, respectively.  For 2012 and 2011, four customers accounted for 42% and 36% of net sales, respectively.  In 2010, two customers accounted for 36% of net sales.

The Company requires substantial amounts of purchased materials from selected vendors.  With specific materials, the Company purchases 100% of its requirement from a single vendor.  Substantially all of the materials the Company requires are in adequate supply.   However, the availability and costs of materials may be subject to change due to, among other things, new laws or regulations, suppliers’ allocation to other purchasers, interruptions in production by suppliers, and changes in exchange rates and worldwide price and demand levels.  The Company’s inability to obtain adequate supplies of materials for its products at favorable prices could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial position, or results of operations by decreasing the Company’s profit margins and by hindering its ability to deliver products to its customers on a timely basis.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses include salaries, contractor and consulting fees, supplies and materials, as well as costs related to other overhead items such as depreciation and facilities costs.  Research and development costs are expensed as they are incurred.

Net Loss Per Share

Basic loss per share is computed by dividing net loss available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period.  The effect of common stock equivalents is not considered as it would be anti-dilutive.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company has recognized compensation expense based on the estimated grant date fair value method under the authoritative guidance.  Management applies the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options and apply judgment in estimating key assumptions that are important elements of the model in expense recognition.  These elements include the expected life of the option, the expected stock-price volatility, and expected forfeiture rates.   See Note 10, Shareholders’ Equity, for additional information.

Foreign Currency Translation

The Company’s international subsidiary uses its local currency as its functional currency.  Assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and income and expense accounts are translated at average exchange rates during the year.  Resulting translation adjustments are recorded directly to “Accumulated other comprehensive income" within shareholders’ equity.  Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included as a component of “Other (expense)/income”.  Gains and losses from foreign currency translation are included as a separate component of “Other comprehensive loss” within the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Advertising Expenses

The Company expenses the costs of advertising, which consists of costs for the placement of advertisements in various media. Advertising expenses were $289 thousand, $273 thousand and $206 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Product Warranties

The Company warrants finished goods against defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service for periods generally between one and five years.   Settlement costs consist of actual amounts expensed for warranty services which are largely a result of third-party service calls, and the costs of replacement products.  A liability for the estimated future costs under product warranties is maintained for products outstanding under warranty and is included in “Accrued liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  The warranty activity for the respective years is as follows (in thousands):

	Year ended December 31,
	2012			2011
Balance at the beginning of the year	$	100		$	126
Accruals for warranties issued		143			44
Settlements made during the year (in cash or in kind)		(84	)		(70	)
Balance at the end of the year	$	159		$	100

Recent Accounting Standards and Pronouncements

In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement, amending ASC Topic 820, which eliminates terminology differences between U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) on the measurement of fair value and related fair value disclosures. While largely consistent with existing fair value measurement principles and disclosures, the changes were made as part of the continuing efforts to converge GAAP and IFRS. The adoption of this guidance was effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, and its adoption did not have a material impact on the financial statements of the Company.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, Comprehensive Income, amending ASC Topic 220.  Under ASU 2011-05, an entity has the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements.  The guidance was issued to improve the comparability, consistency and transparency of financial reporting and to increase the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income.  The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011.  Its adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other, amending ASC Topic 350.Under the revised guidance, entities testing indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment have the option of performing a qualitative assessment before calculating fair value.  If entities determine, on the basis of qualitative factors, that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible is less than the carrying amount, the fair value calculation would be required.  The ASU also requires that the same qualitative factors be considered when determining whether an interim impairment evaluation is necessary.  The guidance is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted.  The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material effect on our financial statements.

XML

Note 11 - Income Taxes (Detail) - Benefit from (Provision for) Income Taxes (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Current
Foreign	$ 12
State	2	(10)
	14	(10)
Deferred
Foreign	(12)	4
	(12)	4
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes	$ 2	$ (6)

XML

Note 5 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Goodwill, Impairment Loss	$ 672
Amortization of Intangible Assets	$ 419	$ 649	$ 1,073

XML

Note 6 - Accrued Liabilities (Current) (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Schedule of Accrued Liabilities [Table Text Block]

	December 31,
	2012		2011
Accrued sales commissions and incentives	$	514	$	395
Accrued warranty expense		159		100
Accrued professional fees		153		161
Accrued employee benefits		319		296
Accrued interest		87		13
Accrued taxes		162		202
Accrued performance-related contingent consideration		728		351
Accrued subcontractor services		-		286
Accrued other expenses		143		191
Total accrued expenses	$	2,265	$	1,995

XML

Note 5 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Schedule of Intangible Assets and Goodwill [Table Text Block]

	Amortization		December 31,
	Life (in years)		2012		2011
Goodwill			$	-	$	672
Definite-lived intangible assets:
Tradenames		10		350		400
Customer relationships		5		258		627
Total definite-lived intangible assets				608		1,027
Total intangible assets, net			$	608	$	1,699

Schedule of Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Future Amortization Expense [Table Text Block]

Year ending December 31,	Amount
2013	$	253
2014		105
2015		50
2016		50
2017		50
2018 and thereafter		100
Total amortization expense	$	608

XML

Note 10 - Shareholders Equity (Detail) - Impact on Results for Stock-based Compensation (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Share-based compensation	$ 200	$ 426	$ 878
Cost of Sales [Member]
Share-based compensation			2
Research and Development [Member]
Share-based compensation	27	37	43
Sales and Marketing [Member]
Share-based compensation	27	141	96
General and Administrative [Member]
Share-based compensation	$ 146	$ 248	$ 737

XML

Note 5 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Detail) - Intangible Assets (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Goodwill		$ 672
Definite-lived intangible assets:
Definite-lived intangible assets, carrying value	608	1,027
Total intangible assets, net	608	1,699
Trade Names [Member]
Definite-lived intangible assets:
Definite-lived intangible assets, amortization life	10 years
Definite-lived intangible assets, carrying value	350	400
Customer Relationships [Member]
Definite-lived intangible assets:
Definite-lived intangible assets, amortization life	5 years
Definite-lived intangible assets, carrying value	$ 258	$ 627

XML

Note 7 - Contracts in Progress (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

	December 31,
	2012			2011
Costs incurred on uncompleted contracts	$	7,067		$	3,193
Estimated earnings		1,330			855
Total revenues		8,397			4,048
Less: billings to date		8,762			4,031
Total	$	(365	)	$	17
Balance sheet classification:
Costs in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts	$	99		$	171
Billings in excess of costs on uncompleted contracts		(464	)		(154	)
Total	$	(365	)	$	17

XML

Note 8 - Debt (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Schedule of Long-term Debt Instruments [Table Text Block]

	December 31, 2012			December 31, 2011
Unsecured Convertible Notes (1)	$	1,500		$	-
Convertible Promissory Note - TLC Investments LLC (2)		500			500
Cognovit Note - Keystone Ruby, LLC (3)		277			325
Letter of Credit Agreement - Mark Plush (4)		250			250
Unsecured Promissory Note - Quercus Trust (5)		70			70
Letter of Credit Agreement - Quercus Trust (6)		-			300
Secured Subordinated Promissory Note - EF Energy Partners LLC (7)		-			287
Letter of Credit Agreement - John Davenport (8)		-			250
Discounts on long-term borrowings		(48	)		(172	)
Subtotal		2,549			1,810
Less:  Current maturies of long-term debt		(756	)		(855	)
Long-term debt	$	1,793		$	955

Schedule of Maturities of Long-term Debt [Table Text Block]

Year ending December 31,	Long-Term Debt
2013	$	804
2014		59
2015		1,566
2016		72
2017		26
2018 and thereafter		70
Gross long-term borrowings		2,597
Less: discounts on long-term borrowings		(48	)
Total commitment, net		2,549
Less: portion classified as current		(756	)
Long-term borrowings, net	$	1,793

XML

Note 1 - Nature of Operations

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Nature of Operations [Text Block]

1.    Nature of Operations

Energy Focus, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) engage in the design, development, manufacturing, marketing, and installation of energy-efficient lighting systems and solutions where the Company serves two segments:

· solutions providing turnkey, high-quality, energy-efficient lighting application alternatives primarily to the existing public-sector building market; and

· products providing military, general commercial and industrial lighting and pool lighting offerings, each of which markets and sells energy-efficient lighting systems.

The Company continues to evolve its business strategy to include providing its customers with turnkey, comprehensive energy-efficient lighting solutions, which use, but are not limited to, its patented and proprietary technology.  The Company’s  products segment includes light-emitting diode (“LED”), fiber optic, high-intensity discharge (“HID”), fluorescent tube and other highly energy-efficient lighting technologies.  Typical savings related to current technology of the Company approximates 80% in electricity costs, while providing full-spectrum light closely simulating daylight colors.  The Company’s strategy also incorporates continued investment into the research of new and emerging energy sources including LED and solar energy applications.

XML

Note 9 - Commitments and Contingencies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Schedule of Future Minimum Rental Payments for Operating Leases [Table Text Block]

Year ending December 31,	Minimum Lease Commitments
2013	$	591
2014		212
2015		88
2016		78
2017		27
Total commitment	$	996

XML

Note 4 - Property and Equipment (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Depreciation	$ 637	$ 589	$ 790
Asset Impairment Charges	$ 672		$ 156

XML

Note 10 - Shareholders Equity (Detail) (USD $)	0 Months Ended	12 Months Ended				0 Months Ended	12 Months Ended				1 Months Ended				1 Months Ended		1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended									0 Months Ended
	Mar. 02, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009	Mar. 02, 2012 Warrant, Period to Purchase, Years [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Issued in 2008 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2008 Issued in 2008 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Issued in 2009 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2009 Issued in 2009 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2009 Woodstone [Member] Minimum [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Woodstone [Member]	Dec. 31, 2009 Woodstone [Member]	Dec. 31, 2009 Woodstone $10 Million Contract [Member]	Dec. 31, 2009 Warrants Exercisable to Woodstone, 400,000 Shares [Member]	Dec. 31, 2009 Woodstone $5 Million Contract [Member]	Dec. 31, 2009 Warrants Exercisable to Woodstone, 200,000 Share [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Director [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Stock Options Plans [Member] Minimum [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Stock Options Plans [Member] Maximum [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 2008 Incentive Stock Plan [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 1994 Employee Stock Purchase Plan [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 1994 Employee Stock Purchase Plan [Member]	Dec. 31, 2010 1994 Employee Stock Purchase Plan [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Minimum [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Maximum [Member]	Mar. 02, 2012 Number of Investors [Member]	Mar. 02, 2012 Number of New Investors [Member]	Mar. 02, 2012 Largest Single Investment [Member]	Mar. 02, 2012 Included in One Unit [Member]
Proceeds from Issuance or Sale of Equity (in Dollars)	$ 4,900,000																												$ 1,000,000
Sale of Stock, Description of Transaction																											ten	Eight
Partners' Capital Account, Units, Sold in Private Placement	19,600,000
Common Stock, Shares, Issued		44,698,650	24,913,135																											1
Common Stock, Par or Stated Value Per Share (in Dollars per share)		$ 0.0001	$ 0.0001																											$ 0.0001
Class of Warrant or Right, Outstanding		13,056,378	3,256,378	3,291,378	4,437,639
Class of Warrant or Right, Number of Securities Called by Warrants or Rights			(160,000)	(1,730,062)									600,000	400,000		200,000														1
Sale of Equity, Unit Price	$0.25
Class of Warrant or Right, Exercise Price of Warrants or Rights (in Dollars per Item)		0.76	1.43	1.42	1.24							0.49																		0.54
Class of Warrant or Rights, Description						three
Class of Warrant or Right, Original Price (in Dollars per share)								$ 3.08		$ 0.65
Class of Warrant or Right, Re-priced (in Dollars per share)							$ 1.97		$ 0.49
Related Party Transaction, Amounts of Transaction (in Dollars)											15,000,000	4,400,000			10,000,000		5,000,000
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Number of Shares Authorized																					5,000,000	600,000
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Number of Shares Available for Grant																					3,300,000
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Expiration Date																					Dec. 31, 2008
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Award Vesting Period																		1 year	1 year	4 years					3 years	4 years
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Nonvested Awards, Total Compensation Cost Not yet Recognized (in Dollars)		$ 228,000	$ 373,000
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Nonvested Awards, Total Compensation Cost Not yet Recognized, Period for Recognition		1 year	1 year 109 days
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Grants in Period, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value (in Dollars per share)		$ 0.15	$ 0.47	$ 0.80
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Exercisable, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term		10 years
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Purchase Price of Common Stock, Percent																						85.00%
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Shares Issued in Period																						476,000	291,000	134,000

XML

Note 14 - Related Party Transactions (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended				36 Months Ended			12 Months Ended		36 Months Ended				12 Months Ended		1 Months Ended			1 Months Ended		1 Months Ended		12 Months Ended			36 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2009	Jun. 30, 2013 Not to Exceed Share Price [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Number of Days Stock Price Must Trade Above Ceiling to Trigger Additional Fee [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Additional Fee [Member]	Dec. 31, 2010 Management Fee, Percentage [Member] TLC Investments LLC [Member]	Dec. 31, 2009 TLC Investments LLC [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Shares of Common Stock [Member]	Dec. 29, 2009 John Davenport [Member]	Dec. 29, 2009 Quercus Trust [Member]	Aug. 31, 2011 Mark Plush [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 TLC and Woodstone [Member]	Dec. 31, 2010 TLC and Woodstone [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Woodstone [Member]	Dec. 31, 2009 Woodstone [Member]	Dec. 31, 2009 Woodstone $10 Million Contract [Member]	Dec. 31, 2009 Warrants Exercisable to Woodstone, 400,000 Shares [Member]	Dec. 31, 2009 Woodstone $5 Million Contract [Member]	Dec. 31, 2009 Warrants Exercisable to Woodstone, 200,000 Share [Member]	Dec. 31, 2010 TLC Investments LLC [Member] Maximum [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 TLC Investments LLC [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Communal International Ltd [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Communal International Ltd Extended Agreement [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Guaranteed Profit on Prior Existing Contracts, Percentage [Member]
Letters of Credit Outstanding, Amount											$ 250,000	$ 300,000	$ 250,000
Revenue from Related Parties														1,600,000	7,000,000
Accounts Receivable, Related Parties	408,000
Related Party Costs	6,200,000	14,600,000
Accounts Payable, Related Parties	1,200,000
Related Party Transaction, Description of Transaction					$2.00	twenty				500,000																25%
Notes Payable, Related Parties									500,000
Related Party Transaction, Amounts of Transaction							500,000									4,400,000			10,000,000		5,000,000			522,500	425,000
Class of Warrant or Right, Number of Securities Called by Warrants or Rights (in Shares)	(160,000)	(1,730,062)															600,000	400,000		200,000
Class of Warrant or Right, Exercise Price of Warrants or Rights (in Dollars per Item)	1.43	1.42	0.76	1.24												0.49
Management Fee Payable																						20,000,000
Management Fee, Description								8%
Management Fee, Amount Paid																							340,000
Related Party Transaction, Expenses from Transactions with Related Party																								270,000
Sales Commissions and Fees																									$ 0.05

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 1,181	$ 2,136
Trade accounts receivable less allowances of $265 and $447, respectively	5,319	2,738
Retainage receivable	634	474
Inventories, net	2,581	2,429
Costs in excess of billings	99	171
Prepaid and other current assets	1,012	881
Total current assets	10,826	8,829
Property and equipment, net	1,800	2,105
Goodwill		672
Intangible assets, net	608	1,027
Collateralized assets	1,000	1,000
Other assets	119	145
Total assets	14,353	13,778
LIABILITIES
Accounts payable	5,879	5,653
Accrued liabilities	2,265	1,995
Deferred revenue	751	1,373
Billings in excess of costs	464	154
Credit line borrowings	1,590	701
Current maturities of long-term debt	756	855
Total current liabilities	11,705	10,731
Other liabilities	30	71
Acquisition-related contingent liabilities		553
Long-term debt	1,793	955
Total liabilities	13,528	12,310
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Authorized: 100,000,000 shares in 2012, and 60,000,000 shares in 2011 Issued and outstanding: 44,698,650 in 2012 and 24,913,135 in 2011	4	1
Additional paid-in capital	80,985	75,962
Accumulated other comprehensive income	460	420
Accumulated deficit	(80,624)	(74,915)
Total shareholders' equity	825	1,468
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	$ 14,353	$ 13,778

XML

Note 5 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Detail) - Estimated Amortization Expense for Future Years (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
2013	$ 253
2014	105
2015	50
2016	50
2017	50
2018 and thereafter	100
Total amortization expense	$ 608	$ 1,027

XML

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data	Common Stock [Member]	Additional Paid-in Capital [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Member]	Retained Earnings [Member]	Total
Balances at December 31, 2009 at Dec. 31, 2009	$ 1	$ 71,373	$ 474	$ (60,343)	$ 11,505
Balances at December 31, 2009 (in Shares) at Dec. 31, 2009	21,250,000
Issuance of common stock under rights offering		1,421			1,421
Issuance of common stock		1,195			1,195
Issuance of common stock (in Shares)	948,000
Issuance of common stock under employee stock option purchase plan		15			15
Issuance of common stock under employee stock option purchase plan (in Shares)	20,000
Stock-based compensation		552			552
Stock options exercised		8			8
Stock options exercised (in Shares)	14,000				(13,750)
Warrants issued for financing		528			528
Warrants exercised		2			2
Warrants exercised (in Shares)	1,730,000
Foreign currency translation adjustment			(51)		(51)
Net loss				(8,517)	(8,517)
Balances at Dec. 31, 2010	1	75,094	423	(68,860)	6,658
Balances (in Shares) at Dec. 31, 2010	23,962,000
Issuance of common stock		463			463
Issuance of common stock (in Shares)	412,000
Issuance of common stock under employee stock option purchase plan		47			47
Issuance of common stock under employee stock option purchase plan (in Shares)	157,000
Stock-based compensation		319			319
Stock-based compensation (in Shares)	215,000
Stock options exercised (in Shares)	7,000				(7,500)
Warrants issued for financing		33			33
Warrants exercised		6			6
Warrants exercised (in Shares)	160,000
Foreign currency translation adjustment			(3)		(3)
Net loss				(6,055)	(6,055)
Balances at Dec. 31, 2011	1	75,962	420	(74,915)	1,468
Balances (in Shares) at Dec. 31, 2011	24,913,000				24,913,135
Issuance of common stock	3	4,798			4,801
Issuance of common stock (in Shares)	19,600,000
Issuance of common stock under employee stock option purchase plan		25			25
Issuance of common stock under employee stock option purchase plan (in Shares)	186,000
Stock-based compensation		200			200
Foreign currency translation adjustment			40		40
Net loss				(5,709)	(5,709)
Balances at Dec. 31, 2012	$ 4	$ 80,985	$ 460	$ (80,624)	$ 825
Balances (in Shares) at Dec. 31, 2012	44,699,000				44,698,650

XML

Note 10 - Shareholders Equity (Detail) - Options Outstanding and Exercisable (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012
Number of Options Outstanding (in Shares)	2,184,583
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Remaining Contactual Life	6 years 255 days
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 2.20
Number of Options Exercisable (in Shares)	1,494,063
Options Exercisable, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 2.87
Exercise Price from $0.26 to $0.17 [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Range of Exercise Prices	$ 0.26
Exercise Price from $0.26 to $0.17 [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Range of Exercise Prices	$ 0.71
Exercise Price from $0.26 to $0.17 [Member]
Number of Options Outstanding (in Shares)	729,500
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Remaining Contactual Life	8 years 73 days
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 0.52
Number of Options Exercisable (in Shares)	341,279
Options Exercisable, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 0.56
Exercise Price from $1.00 to $1.40 [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Range of Exercise Prices	$ 1.00
Exercise Price from $1.00 to $1.40 [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Range of Exercise Prices	$ 1.40
Exercise Price from $1.00 to $1.40 [Member]
Number of Options Outstanding (in Shares)	803,333
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Remaining Contactual Life	7 years 6 months
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 1.16
Number of Options Exercisable (in Shares)	501,034
Options Exercisable, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 1.07
Exercise Price from $2.00 to $3.35 [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Range of Exercise Prices	$ 2.00
Exercise Price from $2.00 to $3.35 [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Range of Exercise Prices	$ 3.35
Exercise Price from $2.00 to $3.35 [Member]
Number of Options Outstanding (in Shares)	248,750
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Remaining Contactual Life	5 years
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 2.12
Number of Options Exercisable (in Shares)	248,750
Options Exercisable, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 2.12
Exercise Price from $4.91 to $6.45 [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Range of Exercise Prices	$ 4.91
Exercise Price from $4.91 to $6.45 [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Range of Exercise Prices	$ 6.45
Exercise Price from $4.91 to $6.45 [Member]
Number of Options Outstanding (in Shares)	167,000
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Remaining Contactual Life	4 years 6 months
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 6.04
Number of Options Exercisable (in Shares)	167,000
Options Exercisable, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 6.04
Exercise Price from $7.00 to $11.66 [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Range of Exercise Prices	$ 7.00
Exercise Price from $7.00 to $11.66 [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Range of Exercise Prices	$ 11.66
Exercise Price from $7.00 to $11.66 [Member]
Number of Options Outstanding (in Shares)	236,000
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Remaining Contactual Life	2 years 255 days
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 8.29
Number of Options Exercisable (in Shares)	236,000
Options Exercisable, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 8.29

XML

Note 12 - Segments and Geographic Information (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Schedule of Segment Reporting Information, by Segment [Table Text Block]

	Years ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Solutions:
Net sales	$	10,569		$	9,563		$	19,763
Cost of sales		9,150			8,041			16,332
Gross profit		1,419			1,522			3,431
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing		1,312			1,332			1,407
General and administrative		769			939			1,377
Loss on impairment		672			-			-
Total operating expenses		2,753			2,271			2,784
Segment (loss) income	$	(1,334	)	$	(749	)	$	647
Products:
Net sales	$	19,268		$	16,189		$	15,366
Cost of sales		14,450			12,540			12,394
Gross profit		4,818			3,649			2,972
Operating expenses (income):
Research and development		368			(515	)		(202	)
Sales and marketing		3,641			4,629			4,796
General and administrative		261			318			293
Loss on impairment		-			-			156
Restructuring		-			-			26
Total operating expenses		4,270			4,432			5,069
Segment income (loss)	$	548		$	(783	)	$	(2,097	)
Reconciliation of segment (loss) income to net loss:
Segment (loss) income:
Solutions	$	(1,334	)	$	(749	)	$	647
Products		548			(783	)		(2,097	)
Total segment loss		(786	)		(1,532	)		(1,450	)
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing		743			239			212
General and administrative		3,616			3,805			4,445
Valuation of equity instruments		-			56			1,812
Change in estimate of contingent liabilities		(102	)		(411	)		-
Total operating expenses		4,257			3,689			6,469
Other expense		(666	)		(836	)		(592	)
Loss before income taxes		(5,709	)		(6,057	)		(8,511	)
Benefit from (Provision for) income taxes		-			2			(6	)
Net loss	$	(5,709	)	$	(6,055	)	$	(8,517	)

Products-Based Business Segment Profitability [Table Text Block]

	Years ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Products segment net sales:
Pool and commercial products	$	14,948	$	11,911	$	12,265
Government products/R&D services		4,320		4,278		3,101
Total products segment net sales		19,268		16,189		15,366
Products segment cost of sales:
Pool and commercial products		10,367		8,560		7,988
Government products/R&D services		4,083		3,980		3,104
Unallocated manufacturing overhead 1		-		-		1,302
Total products segment cost of sales		14,450		12,540		12,394
Products segment gross profit:
Pool and commercial products		4,581		3,351		4,277
Government products/R&D services		237		298		(3	)
Unallocated manufacturing overhead 1		-		-		(1,302	)
Total products segment gross profit	$	4,818	$	3,649	$	2,972

Schedule of Revenue from External Customers Attributed to Foreign Countries by Geographic Area [Table Text Block]

	Years ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
United States Domestic	$	26,798	$	21,730	$	31,314
International		3,039		4,022		3,815
Net sales	$	29,837	$	25,752	$	35,129

Schedule of Disclosure on Geographic Areas, Long-Lived Assets in Individual Foreign Countries by Country [Table Text Block]

	December 31,
	2012		2011
United States	$	2,350	$	3,747
International		58		57
Long-lived assets, net	$	2,408	$	3,804

XML

Note 11 - Income Taxes (Detail) - Deferred Tax Assets (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$ 53	$ 60	$ 87
Accrued expenses and other reserves	2,197	2,264	2,146
Tax credits, deferred R&D, and other	907	656	899
Net operating loss	25,980	24,931	22,088
Valuation allowance	(29,135)	(27,909)	(25,206)
Net total deferred taxes	$ 2	$ 2	$ 14

XML

Note 15 - Legal Matters

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Legal Matters and Contingencies [Text Block]

15.    Legal Matters

In the ordinary course of business, the Company may become involved in lawsuits and administrative proceedings.  Some of these proceedings may result in fines, penalties or judgments which, from time to time, may have an impact on its business and financial condition.  Although the outcome of such lawsuits or other proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company does not believe that any uninsured ultimate liabilities, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on its liquidity, financial position or results of operations.

XML

Note 1 - Nature of Operations (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012
Number of Operating Segments	2

XML

Accounting Policies, by Policy (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Use of Estimates, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Estimates include, but are not limited to, the establishment of reserves for accounts receivable, sales returns, inventory obsolescence and warranty claims; the useful lives for property, equipment, and intangible assets; revenues recognized on a percentage-of-completion basis; and stock-based compensation.  In addition, estimates and assumptions associated with the determination of the fair value of financial instruments and evaluation of goodwill and long-lived assets for impairment requires considerable judgment.  Actual results could differ from those estimates and such differences could be material.

Reclassification, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Reclassifications

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified within the Consolidated Financial Statements (“financial statements”), and related notes thereto, to be consistent with the current year presentation.

Basis of Accounting, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Basis of Presentation

The financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries, Stones River Companies, LLC (“SRC”) in Nashville, Tennessee, and Crescent Lighting Limited (“CLL”) located in the United Kingdom.  All significant inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Liquidity Disclosure [Policy Text Block]

Going Concern

The Company has experienced net losses of $5.7 million, $6.1 million and $8.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  As of December 31, 2012, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $80.6 million.  Although management continues to address many of the legacy issues that have historically burdened the Company’s financial performance, the Company still faces challenges in order to reach profitability.  In order for the Company to attain profitability and growth, we will need to improve gross margins, successfully execute our marketing and sales plans for our turnkey energy-efficient solutions business, receive additional orders on and fulfill the $23.1 million U.S. Navy supply contract, develop new technologies that result in sustainable product lines, continue our cost reduction efforts throughout the Company, and continue to improve our supply chain performance.

The Company’s independent public accounting firm has issued an opinion in connection with the Company’s 2012 Annual Report on Form 10-K raising substantial doubt as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.  This opinion stems from the Company’s historically poor operating performance and the Company’s historical inability to generate sufficient cash flow to meet obligations and sustain operations without obtaining additional external financing.  The Company remains optimistic about obtaining the funding necessary to continue as a going concern, however, there can be no assurances that this objective will be successful.  As such, the Company continues to review and pursue selected external funding sources, if necessary, to execute these objectives including, but not limited to, the following:

· obtain financing from traditional and non-traditional investment capital organizations or individuals,

· potential sale or divestiture of one or more operating units, and

· obtain funding from the sale of common stock or other equity or debt instruments.

Obtaining financing through the above-mentioned mechanisms contains risks, including:

· loans or other debt instruments may have terms and/or conditions, such as interest rate, restrictive covenants, and control or revocation provisions, which are not acceptable to management or the Board of Directors,

· the current environment in capital markets combined with the Company’s capital constraints may prevent the Company from being able to obtain any debt financing,

· financing may not be available for parties interested in pursuing the acquisition of one or more operating units of the Company, and

· additional equity financing may not be available to the Company in the current capital environment and could lead to further dilution of shareholder value for current shareholders of record.

Revenue Recognition, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when it is realized or realizable, has been earned, and when all of the following has occurred:

· persuasive evidence or an arrangement exists (e.g., a sales order, a purchase order, or a sales agreement),

· shipment has occurred, with the standard shipping term being F.O.B. ship point, or services provided on a proportional performance basis or installation have been completed,

· price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, and

· collectability is reasonably assured.

Revenues from the Company’s products segmentbusiness are generally recognized upon shipping based upon the following:

· all sales made by the Company to its customer base are non-contingent, meaning that they are not tied to that customer’s resale of products,

· standard terms of sale contain shipping terms of F.O.B. ship point, meaning that title and risk of loss is transferred when shipping occurs, and

· there are no automatic return provisions that allow the customer to return the product in the event that the product does not sell within a defined timeframe.

Revenues and profits from the Company’s solutions segment are generally recognized by applying percentage-of-completion for the period to the estimated profits for the respective contracts.  Percentage-of-completion is determined by relating the actual cost of the work performed to date to the current estimated total cost of the respective contracts.  When the estimate on a contract indicates a loss, the Company’s policy is to record the entire loss during the accounting period in which it is estimable.  In the ordinary course of business, at a minimum on a quarterly basis, the Company prepares updated estimates of the total forecasted revenue, cost and profit or loss for each contract.  The cumulative effect of revisions in estimates of the total forecasted revenue and costs during the course of the work is reflected in the accounting period in which the facts that caused the revision become known.  The financial impact of these revisions to any one contract is a function of both the amount of the revision and the percentage-of- completion of the contract.  Revenues from the Company’s solutions segment will generally be larger contracts and may range from three to eighteen months in duration.

In accordance with normal practices in the industry, the Company includes in current assets and current liabilities amounts related to contracts realizable and payable.  Billings in excess of costs represent the excess of contract billings to date over the amount of contract costs and profits (or contract revenue) recognized to date on a percentage-of-completion basis.  Costs in excess of billings represent the excess of contract costs and profits (or contract revenue) recognized to date on the percentage-of-completion basis over the amount of contract billings to date on the remaining contracts.  See Note 7, Contracts in Progress, for additional information.

Revenues from research & development contracts are recognized primarily on the percentage-of-completion method of accounting.  Deferred revenue is recorded for the excess of contract billings over the amount of contract costs and profits.  Costs in excess of billings, included in prepaid and other assets, are recorded for contract costs in excess of contract billings.

The Company warrants its products against defects or workmanship issues.   It sets up allowances for estimated returns, discounts, and warranties upon recognition of revenue, and these allowances are adjusted periodically to reflect actual and anticipated returns, discounts, and warranty expenses.  These allowances are based on past history and historical trends, and contractual terms.  Distributor’s obligation to the Company is not contingent upon the resale of its products and as such does not prohibit revenue recognition.

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company has $1.1 million in cash on deposit with financial institutions in the United States as of December 31, 2012, of which $252 thousand is designated as restricted cash and relates to funds received from a grant from/for a branch of the United States government.  The remaining cash of $97 thousand is on deposit with a European bank in the United Kingdom.

Inventory, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Inventories

The Company states inventories at the lower of standard cost (which approximates actual cost determined using the first-in-first-out method) or market.  The Company establishes provisions for excess and obsolete inventories after evaluation of historical sales, current economic trends, forecasted sales, product lifecycles, and current inventory levels.  Charges to cost of sales for excess and obsolete inventories amounted to $217 thousand, $236 thousand and $295 thousand in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Trade and Other Accounts Receivable, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Accounts Receivable

The Company’s customers currently are concentrated in the United States and Europe.  In the normal course of business, the Company extends unsecured credit to its customers related to the sale of its services and products.  Typical credit terms require payment within thirty days from the date of delivery or service.  The Company evaluates and monitors the creditworthiness of each customer on a case-by-case basis.  The Company also provides allowances for sales returns and doubtful accounts based on its continuing evaluation of its customers’ ongoing requirements and credit risk.  The Company writes-off accounts receivable when management deems that they have become uncollectible and payments subsequently received on such receivables are credited to the allowance for doubtful accounts.  The Company does not generally require collateral from its customers.

Retainage Receivable

The Company’s solutions segment sales are normally subject to a holdback of a percentage of the sale as retainage.  This holdback is recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as “Retainage receivable.”  Retainage is a portion of the total bid price of a project that is held back by the customer until the project is complete and functioning satisfactorily according to the contract terms.  Retainage percentages typically range from 5% to 10% and are collected anywhere from three to eighteen months from the inception of the project.  For the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had retainage receivable from its customers totaling $634 thousand and $474 thousand, respectively.

Income Tax, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Income Taxes

As part of the process of preparing its financial statements, the Company estimates its income tax liability in each of the jurisdictions in which it does business.  This process involves estimating the Company’s actual current tax expense together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items, such as deferred revenues, for tax and accounting purposes.  These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  The Company then assesses the likelihood that these deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent to which the Company believes that recovery is more likely than not, or is unknown, the Company establishes a valuation allowance.

Significant management judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and any valuation allowance recorded against such deferred tax assets.  At December 31, 2012, the Company has a full valuation allowance against deferred tax assets in the United States due to uncertainties related to its ability to utilize those deferred tax assets, primarily consisting of certain net operating losses carried forward. The valuation allowance is based on estimates of taxable income by jurisdiction and the periods over which its deferred tax assets could be recoverable.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company has a net operating loss carry-forward of approximately $70.7 million for federal, state and local income tax purposes. If not utilized, these carry-forwards will begin to expire in 2021 for federal and have begun to expire for state and local purposes.  Due to changes in the Company’s capital structure, the net operating loss carry-forward available to the Company in future years to offset future taxable liabilities may be limited under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”).  Management is currently reviewing the rules under this section of the Code, but believes that the limitation on the Company’s net operating loss carry-forward may be significant.  Please refer to Note 11, Income taxes, for additional information.

Repurchase Agreements, Collateral, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Collateralized Assets

The Company maintains $1.0 million of cash collateral related to the Company’s surety bonding program associated with SRC.  This cash is pledged to the surety carrier until which time the Company is able to provide sufficient alternative means of collateralization satisfactory to the surety carrier.

Fair Value Measurement, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Fair Value Measurements

The carrying amounts of certain financial instruments including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximate fair value due to their short maturities.  Based on borrowing rates currently available to the Company for loans with similar terms, the carrying value of long-term debt obligations also approximates fair value.

Long-Lived Assets, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Long-Lived Assets Property and equipment is stated at cost and include expenditures for additions and major improvements.Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to operations as incurred.We use the straight-line method of depreciation over their estimated useful lives of the related assets (generally two to fifteen years) for financial reporting purposes.Accelerated methods of depreciation are used for federal income tax purposes.When assets are sold or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.Refer to Note 4, Property and Equipment, for additional information. The Company classifies intangible assets into two categories: (1) intangible assets with definite lives subject to amortization, and (2) goodwill. We determine the useful lives of our identifiable intangible assets after considering the specific facts and circumstances related to each intangible asset. Factors we consider when determining useful lives include the contractual term of any agreement related to the asset, the historical performance of the asset, our long-term strategy for using the asset, any laws or other local regulations which could impact the useful life of the asset, and other economic factors, including competition and specific market conditions. Intangible assets that are deemed to have definite lives are amortized, on a straight-line basis or other method which best approximates cash flows, over their useful lives, ranging from 5 to 10 years.Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in a business acquisition.Refer to Note 5, Goodwill and Intangible Assets, for additional information. Long-lived assets, other than goodwill, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Events or circumstances that would result in an impairment review primarily include operations reporting losses, a significant change in the use of an asset, or the planned disposal or sale of the asset.The asset would be considered impaired when the future net undiscounted cash flows generated by the asset are less than its carrying value.An impairment loss would be recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value, as determined by quoted market prices (if available) or the present value of expected future cash flows. The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment at least annually using the projected present value of future cash flows of the reporting unit, taking into account historical performance.A significant amount of judgment is required in estimating fair value of the reporting unit.Based on historical losses incurred, it was determined that goodwill was impaired, and in 2012, we wrote off the entire $672 thousand balance of goodwill, which resulted from our 2009 acquisition of SRC, as a result of our evaluation.

Concentration Risk, Credit Risk, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Certain Risks and Concentrations

The Company sells its products and solutions services through a combination of direct sales employees, independent sales representatives, and various distributors in different geographic markets throughout the world.  The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral.  Although the Company maintains allowances for potential credit losses that it believes to be adequate, a payment default on a significant sale could materially and adversely affect its operating results and financial condition.

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, four customers accounted for 75% and 44% of net accounts receivable, including retainage receivable, respectively.  For 2012 and 2011, four customers accounted for 42% and 36% of net sales, respectively.  In 2010, two customers accounted for 36% of net sales.

The Company requires substantial amounts of purchased materials from selected vendors.  With specific materials, the Company purchases 100% of its requirement from a single vendor.  Substantially all of the materials the Company requires are in adequate supply.   However, the availability and costs of materials may be subject to change due to, among other things, new laws or regulations, suppliers’ allocation to other purchasers, interruptions in production by suppliers, and changes in exchange rates and worldwide price and demand levels.  The Company’s inability to obtain adequate supplies of materials for its products at favorable prices could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial position, or results of operations by decreasing the Company’s profit margins and by hindering its ability to deliver products to its customers on a timely basis.

Research and Development Expense, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Research and Development

Research and development expenses include salaries, contractor and consulting fees, supplies and materials, as well as costs related to other overhead items such as depreciation and facilities costs.  Research and development costs are expensed as they are incurred.

Earnings Per Share, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Net Loss Per Share

Basic loss per share is computed by dividing net loss available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period.  The effect of common stock equivalents is not considered as it would be anti-dilutive.

Share-based Compensation, Option and Incentive Plans Policy [Policy Text Block]

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company has recognized compensation expense based on the estimated grant date fair value method under the authoritative guidance.  Management applies the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options and apply judgment in estimating key assumptions that are important elements of the model in expense recognition.  These elements include the expected life of the option, the expected stock-price volatility, and expected forfeiture rates.   See Note 10, Shareholders’ Equity, for additional information.

Foreign Currency Transactions and Translations Policy [Policy Text Block]

Foreign Currency Translation

The Company’s international subsidiary uses its local currency as its functional currency.  Assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and income and expense accounts are translated at average exchange rates during the year.  Resulting translation adjustments are recorded directly to “Accumulated other comprehensive income" within shareholders’ equity.  Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included as a component of “Other (expense)/income”.  Gains and losses from foreign currency translation are included as a separate component of “Other comprehensive loss” within the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Advertising Costs, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Advertising Expenses

The Company expenses the costs of advertising, which consists of costs for the placement of advertisements in various media. Advertising expenses were $289 thousand, $273 thousand and $206 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Standard Product Warranty, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Product Warranties

The Company warrants finished goods against defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service for periods generally between one and five years.   Settlement costs consist of actual amounts expensed for warranty services which are largely a result of third-party service calls, and the costs of replacement products.  A liability for the estimated future costs under product warranties is maintained for products outstanding under warranty and is included in “Accrued liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  The warranty activity for the respective years is as follows (in thousands):

	Year ended December 31,
	2012			2011
Balance at the beginning of the year	$	100		$	126
Accruals for warranties issued		143			44
Settlements made during the year (in cash or in kind)		(84	)		(70	)
Balance at the end of the year	$	159		$	100

New Accounting Pronouncements, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Recent Accounting Standards and Pronouncements

In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement, amending ASC Topic 820, which eliminates terminology differences between U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) on the measurement of fair value and related fair value disclosures. While largely consistent with existing fair value measurement principles and disclosures, the changes were made as part of the continuing efforts to converge GAAP and IFRS. The adoption of this guidance was effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, and its adoption did not have a material impact on the financial statements of the Company.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, Comprehensive Income, amending ASC Topic 220.  Under ASU 2011-05, an entity has the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements.  The guidance was issued to improve the comparability, consistency and transparency of financial reporting and to increase the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income.  The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011.  Its adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other, amending ASC Topic 350.Under the revised guidance, entities testing indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment have the option of performing a qualitative assessment before calculating fair value.  If entities determine, on the basis of qualitative factors, that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible is less than the carrying amount, the fair value calculation would be required.  The ASU also requires that the same qualitative factors be considered when determining whether an interim impairment evaluation is necessary.  The guidance is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted.  The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material effect on our financial statements.

XML

Note 12 - Segments and Geographic Information (Detail) - Additional Business Unit Gross Profitability Detail for Products-based Business Segment (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012		Dec. 31, 2011		Dec. 31, 2010
Products segment net sales:
Products segment net sales	$ 29,837		$ 25,752		$ 35,129
Products segment gross profit:
Products segment gross profit	6,237		5,171		6,403
Products Segment [Member]
Products segment net sales:
Products segment net sales	19,268		16,189		15,366
Products segment cost of sales:
Products segment cost of sales	14,450		12,540		12,394
Products segment gross profit:
Products segment gross profit	4,818		3,649		2,972
Pool and Commercial Products [Member]
Products segment net sales:
Products segment net sales	14,948		11,911		12,265
Products segment cost of sales:
Products segment cost of sales	10,367		8,560		7,988
Products segment gross profit:
Products segment gross profit	4,581		3,351		4,277
Government Products/ Research and Development Services [Member]
Products segment net sales:
Products segment net sales	4,320		4,278		3,101
Products segment cost of sales:
Products segment cost of sales	4,083		3,980		3,104
Products segment gross profit:
Products segment gross profit	237		298		(3)
Products Segment Overhead [Member]
Products segment cost of sales:
Products segment cost of sales		[1]		[1]	1,302	[1]
Products segment gross profit:
Products segment gross profit		[1]		[1]	$ (1,302)	[1]

[1] Unallocated manufacturing overhead is defined as costs associated with the operation and shut down of the Solon manufacturing facility which was relocated to the Mexico facility; and specific expenses which are not attributable to a specific business unit but rather are calculated on the total products business segment.

XML

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss	$ (5,709)	$ (6,055)	$ (8,517)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Loss on impairment	672		156
Depreciation	637	589	790
Stock-based compensation	200	426	878
Valuation of equity instruments		56	1,812
Provision for doubtful accounts receivable	147	115	44
Amortization of intangible assets	419	649	1,073
Amortization of discounts on long-term borrowings	236	574	349
Amortization of loan origination fees	113
Deferred revenue	(311)	16	1,215
Change in estimate of contingent liabilities	(102)	(411)
(Gain) loss on disposal of property and equipment	(3)	(11)	(22)
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable, inventories, and other assets	(3,158)	3,411	(1,694)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	(107)	(1,976)	5,409
Total adjustments	(1,257)	3,438	10,010
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	(6,966)	(2,617)	1,493
Cash flows from investing activities:
Proceeds from the sale of property and equipment	3	19	50
Acquisition of property and equipment	(332)	(256)	(332)
Net cash used in investing activities	(329)	(237)	(282)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuances of common stock, net	4,826	456	669
Proceeds from exercise of stock options		5	8
Proceeds from other borrowings	1,500	605	1,150
Payments on other borrowings	(886)	(892)
Net proceeds on credit line borrowings	889	701
Net cash provided by financing activities	6,329	875	1,827
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash	11	8	7
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	(955)	(1,971)	3,045
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	2,136	4,107	1,062
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	1,181	2,136	4,107
Classification of cash and cash equivalents:
Cash and cash equivalents	929	2,117	3,979
Restricted cash held	252	19	128
Interest paid	186	328	171
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Fully depreciated assets disposed of	$ 2	$ 1,050	$ 1,548

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parentheticals) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Allowances for trade accounts receivable current (in Dollars)	$ 265	$ 447
Preferred stock, par value (in Dollars per share)	$ 0.0001	$ 0.0001
Preferred stock, shares authorized	2,000,000	2,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued	0	0
Preferred stock, shares outstanding	0	0
Common stock, par value (in Dollars per share)	$ 0.0001	$ 0.0001
Common stock, shares authorized	100,000,000	60,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	44,698,650	24,913,135
Common stock, shares outstanding	44,698,650	24,913,135

XML

Note 10 - Shareholders Equity

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Stockholders' Equity Note Disclosure [Text Block]

10.   Shareholders’ Equity

Private Placement

Between February 29, 2012 and March 2, 2012, the Company raised $4.9 million by entering into Securities Purchase Agreements with ten investors, under which it sold 19,600,000 units, each of which consists of one share of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and one-half warrant to purchase one share of common stock.  The purchase price of each unit was $0.25, based on a formula involving the stock’s 30 day average price prior to February 24, 2012.  Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of common stock at an exercise price of $0.54.  Each warrant is immediately separable from the unit and immediately exercisable, and expires three years from the date of issuance.  The Company used the proceeds of the offering to retire debt and for working capital purposes.  Eight of the ten investors were new investors and the largest single investment was $1.0 million.

Warrants

The Company has issued warrants in conjunction with various private placements of its common stock, debt financing arrangements and acquisitions.  There have been no warrants issued to employees, directors, or consultants for compensation purposes.

As a result of the Private Placement in 2012 discussed above, warrants that were issued in 2008 originally priced at $3.08 per share were re-priced to $1.97 per share, and warrants issued in 2009 originally price at $0.65 per share were re-priced to $0.49 per share.  The warrants were re-priced in accordance with their respective agreements, based upon a formula taking into account the dilutive effect of new share issuances and the price of those issuances relative to the number of shares outstanding prior to the issuances and the original exercise price of the warrants.

The activity relating to warrants was as follows:

	Warrants Outstanding			Weighted Average Exercise Price
Balance, December 31, 2009		4,437,639		$	1.24
Warrants issued		855,000			0.50
Warrants exercised		(1,730,062	)		0.01
Warrants cancelled		(271,199	)		4.50
Balance, December 31, 2010		3,291,378		$	1.42
Warrants issued		125,000			0.01
Warrants exercised		(160,000	)		0.01
Balance, December 31, 2011		3,256,378		$	1.43
Warrants issued		9,800,000			0.54
Balance, December 31, 2012		13,056,378		$	0.76
Exercisable, December 31, 2012		12,856,378		$	0.77

In December 2009, the Company entered into a strategic alliance with Woodstone Energy LLC (“Woodstone”), a commercial and industrial energy services company. This strategic alliance created a path for contracts totaling not less than $15 million to be issued by Woodstone to SRC.  In return for this Woodstone commitment, the Company issued 600,000 warrants.  400,000 of those warrants became exercisable by Woodstone upon the written commitment of $10 million in specific secured contracts.  The remaining 200,000 warrants will become exercisable upon the written commitment of an additional $5 million in specific secured contracts.  SRC has received approximately $4.4 million in specific secured contracts toward the additional $5 million through December 31, 2012. The warrants are exercisable at $0.49 per share and expire on December 31, 2014.

The number of warrants and weighted average remaining life (in years) by price for both total outstanding warrants and total exercisable warrants at December 31, 2012 was as follows:

Exercise Price		Number of Shares Outstanding		Weighted Average Remaining Contactual Life		Number of Shares Exercisable		Weighted Average Remaining Contactual Life
				(in years)				(in years)
$	0.01		300,000		2.7		300,000		2.7
$	0.49		600,000		2.0		400,000		2.0
$	0.54		9,800,000		2.2		9,800,000		2.2
$	1.20		350,000		2.2		350,000		2.2
$	1.97		2,006,378		0.2		2,006,378		0.2
			13,056,378		3.4		12,856,378		3.4

Stock-based Compensation

On September 30, 2008, the Company’s shareholders approved its 2008 Incentive Stock Plan (the “Plan”).  The Plan was subsequently amended in 2010 and 2012 to increase the maximum aggregate number of stock awards to 5,000,000 shares, plus any shares remaining available for grant under existing plans.  Under existing plans, only a limited number of shares remained available for grant.  The Company has two other equity-based compensation plans under which options are currently outstanding; however, no new awards may be granted under these plans as they have been terminated or have expired.  At December 31, 2012, there are 3.3 million shares available in the Plan for grant.  Generally, stock options are granted at fair market value and expire ten years after the grant date.  Employee grants generally vest in three or four years, while grants to non-employee directors generally vest in one year.  Executive officers and certain other employees have been awarded options with different vesting criteria.  The specific terms of each grant are determined by the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors.

Stock-based compensation expense is attributed to the granting of stock options and restricted stock awards. For all stock-based awards, we recognize compensation expense using a straight-line amortization method.

The impact on our results for stock-based compensation was as follows (in thousands):

	Years ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Cost of sales	$	-	$	-	$	2
Research and development		27		37		43
Sales and marketing		27		141		96
General and administrative		146		248		737
Total stock-based compensation	$	200	$	426	$	878

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had unamortized stock compensation expense of $228 thousand and $373 thousand, respectively.  The remaining weighted average life was approximately 1.0 and 1.3 years as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Stock Options

The per share weighted average fair value of stock options granted during 2012, 2011, and 2010 was $0.15, $0.47 and $0.80, respectively.  We estimate the fair value of each stock option on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the following assumptions:

	2012			2011			2010
Expected life of option (years)		5.6			6.1			4.0
Risk-free interest rate		0.82	%		2.36	%		1.61	%
Expected volatility		59.00	%		56.35	%		98.31	%
Dividend yield		0	%		0	%		0	%

The estimated expected life of the option is calculated based on contractual life of the option, the vesting life of the option, and historical exercise patterns of vested options.  The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. treasury security rates corresponding to the expected term in effect as of the grant date.  As the Company’s stock is thinly traded, the volatility estimates are calculated using historical pricing experience of a peer group over the most recent period corresponding to the expected term as of the grant date.  The Company has not paid dividends in the past, and does not expect to pay dividends over the corresponding expected term as of the grant date.

Options outstanding under all plans at December 31, 2012 have a contractual life of ten years, and vesting periods between one and four years.  A summary of option activity under all plans was as follows:

	Number of Options			Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share
Outstanding at December 31, 2009		1,769,750		$	3.63
Granted		1,115,000			1.08
Cancelled		(993,583	)		1.68
Exercised		(13,750	)		0.60
Outstanding at December 31, 2010		1,877,417		$	3.36
Granted		1,040,000			0.84
Cancelled		(591,419	)		2.99
Exercised		(7,500	)		0.60
Outstanding at December 31, 2011		2,318,498		$	2.28
Granted		120,000			0.27
Cancelled		(253,915	)		2.22
Exercised		-			-
Outstanding at December 31, 2012		2,184,583		$	2.20
Vested and Expected to Vest at December 31, 2012		2,058,833		$	2.29
Exercisable at December 31, 2012		1,494,063		$	2.87

The “Expected to Vest” option are the unvested options that remain after applying the pre-vesting forfeiture rate assumption to total unvested options.

The options outstanding at December 31, 2012 have been segregated into ranges for additional disclosure as follows:

Range of Exercise Prices				Number of Shares Outstanding		Weighted Average Remaining Contactual Life		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Number Exercisable		Weighted Average Exercise Price
						(in years)
	$0.26	-	$0.71		729,500		8.2	$	0.52		341,279	$	0.56
	$1.00	-	$1.40		803,333		7.5	$	1.16		501,034	$	1.07
	$2.00	-	$3.35		248,750		5.0	$	2.12		248,750	$	2.12
	$4.91	-	$6.45		167,000		4.5	$	6.04		167,000	$	6.04
	$7.00	-	$11.66		236,000		2.7	$	8.29		236,000	$	8.29
					2,184,583		6.7	$	2.20		1,494,063		2.87

Restricted Stock

In the past, the Company has issued restricted stock to Executive Officers and Director in lieu of a portion of cash compensation or Directors’ fees.  Additionally, in 2010 a key employee was issued restricted stock as a bonus.  The restricted stock was valued at the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock on grant date, and expense was amortized over the applicable service period.

A summary of restricted stock activity was as follows:

	Restricted Stock Outstanding			Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
At December 31, 2009		228,128		$	0.67
Granted		392,490			1.01
Vested		(122,989	)		1.51
At December 31, 2010		497,629		$	0.73
Granted		114,767			0.96
Vested		(197,721	)	$	0.87
At December 31, 2011		414,675		$	0.73
Granted		-			-
Vested		-			-
At December 31, 2012		414,675		$	0.73

1994 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

A total of 600,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under the 1994 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended.  The plan permits eligible employees to purchase common stock through payroll deductions at a price equal to the lower of 85% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the beginning or end of the offering period.  Employees may end their participation at any time during the offering period, and participation ends automatically on termination of employment with the Company.  At December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, approximately 476,000, 291,000 and 134,000 shares had been issued under this plan since inception, respectively.

XML

Document And Entity Information (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Mar. 27, 2013	Jun. 29, 2012
Document and Entity Information [Abstract]
Entity Registrant Name	ENERGY FOCUS, INC/DE
Document Type	10-K
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		44,698,650
Entity Public Float			$ 9,432,366
Amendment Flag	false
Entity Central Index Key	0000924168
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Filer Category	Smaller Reporting Company
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2012
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2012
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY

XML

Note 11 - Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Income Tax Disclosure [Text Block]

11.    Income Taxes

The Company files income tax returns in the United States federal jurisdiction, as well as in various states and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to United States federal, state, and local, or non-United States income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2009.  The Company’s practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense when and if they become applicable.  As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, there were no accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

The components of the benefit from (provision for) income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

	Years ended December 31,
	2012		2011			2010
Current
Federal	$	-	$	-		$	-
Foreign		-		12			-
State		-		2			(10	)
		-		14			(10	)
Deferred
Federal		-		-			-
Foreign		-		(12	)		4
State		-		-			-
		-		(12	)		4
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes	$	-	$	2		$	(6	)

The following table shows the geographic components of pretax income (loss) from continuing operations between United States and foreign subsidiaries (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
United States	$	(5,471	)	$	(5,752	)	$	(8,410	)
Foreign subsidiaries		(238	)		(305	)		(101	)
Loss before income taxes	$	(5,709	)	$	(6,057	)	$	(8,511	)

The principal items accounting for the difference between income taxes computed at the United States statutory rate and the benefit from (provision for) income taxes reflected in the statements of operations are as follows:

	Years ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
United States statutory rate		34.0	%		34.0	%		34.0	%
State taxes (net of federal tax benefit)		1.8	%		2.7	%		(0.1	%)
Valuation allowance		(27.8	%)		(34.4	%)		(33.7	%)
Other		(8.0	%)		(2.3	%)		(0.2	%)
		0.0	%		0.0	%		0.0	%

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets are as follows (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	53		$	60		$	87
Accrued expenses and other reserves		2,197			2,264			2,146
Tax credits, deferred R&D, and other		907			656			899
Net operating loss		25,980			24,931			22,088
Valuation allowance		(29,135	)		(27,909	)		(25,206	)
Net total deferred taxes	$	2		$	2		$	14

Since the Company believes that it is more likely than not that the benefit from net operating loss carry-forwards will not be realized, the Company has provided a full valuation allowance against its United States deferred tax assets. The net deferred tax assets for 2012 amounted to $2 thousand and were for the Company’s United Kingdom subsidiary, which has been profitable in prior years.  The Company had no net deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2012 and at December 31, 2011.  There were no Federal tax expenses for the United States operations in 2012, as any expected benefits were offset by an increase in the valuation allowance.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company has a net operating loss carry-forward of approximately $70.7 million for federal, state and local income tax purposes. If not utilized, these carry-forwards will begin to expire in 2021 for federal and have begun to expire for state and local purposes.  Due to changes in the Company’s capital structure, the net operating loss carry-forward available to the Company in future years to offset future taxable liabilities may be limited under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”).  Management is currently reviewing the rules under this section of the Code, but believes that the limitation on the Company’s net operating loss carry-forward may be significant.

XML

Consolidated Statements of Operations (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Net sales	$ 29,837	$ 25,752	$ 35,129
Cost of sales	23,600	20,581	28,726
Gross profit	6,237	5,171	6,403
Operating expenses:
Research and development	368	(515)	(202)
Sales and marketing	5,696	6,200	6,415
General and administrative	4,646	5,062	6,115
Loss on impairment	672		156
Valuation of equity instruments		56	1,812
Change in estimate of contingent liabilities	(102)	(411)
Restructuring			26
Total operating expenses	11,280	10,392	14,322
Loss from operations	(5,043)	(5,221)	(7,919)
Other income (expense):
Interest income	2	4	6
Interest expense	(511)	(861)	(573)
Other income (expense)	(157)	21	(25)
Loss before income taxes	(5,709)	(6,057)	(8,511)
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes		2	(6)
Net loss	$ (5,709)	$ (6,055)	$ (8,517)
Net loss per share - basic and diluted (in Dollars per share)	$ (0.14)	$ (0.25)	$ (0.37)
Shares used in computing net loss per share - basic and diluted (in Shares)	41,322	24,669	22,791

XML

Note 5 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Text Block]

5.    Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The following table summarizes information related to net carrying value of intangible assets (in thousands):

	Amortization		December 31,
	Life (in years)		2012		2011
Goodwill			$	-	$	672
Definite-lived intangible assets:
Tradenames		10		350		400
Customer relationships		5		258		627
Total definite-lived intangible assets				608		1,027
Total intangible assets, net			$	608	$	1,699

The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment at least annually using the projected present value of future cash flows of the reporting unit, taking into account historical performance.  A significant amount of judgment is required in estimating fair value of the reporting unit.  Based on historical losses incurred, it was determined that goodwill was impaired, and in 2012, we wrote off the entire $672 thousand balance of goodwill, which resulted from our 2009 acquisition of SRC, as a result of our evaluation..

Amortization expense for intangible assets subject to amortization was $419 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to $649 thousand and $1,073 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  The Company amortizes tradenames on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the intangible assets.  Customer relationships are amortized over their expected useful lives on an accelerated method that approximates the cash flows associated with those relationships.  Based on the carrying value of amortized intangible assets, the Company estimates amortization expense for future years to be as follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31,	Amount
2013	$	253
2014		105
2015		50
2016		50
2017		50
2018 and thereafter		100
Total amortization expense	$	608

XML

Note 4 - Property and Equipment

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Property, Plant and Equipment Disclosure [Text Block]

4.    Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is stated at cost and is depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets and consists of the following (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2012			2011
Equipment (useful life 3 - 15 years)	$	5,963		$	5,831
Tooling (useful life 2 - 5 years)		2,600			2,440
Furniture and fixtures (useful life 5 years)		132			129
Computer software (useful life 3 years)		462			431
Leasehold improvements (the shorter of useful life or lease life)		633			630
Construction in progress		50			27
Property and equipment at cost		9,840			9,488
Less: accumulated depreciation		(8,040	)		(7,383	)
Property and equipment, net	$	1,800		$	2,105

Depreciation expense was $637 thousand, $589 thousand and $790 thousand for the years ending December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

As a result of the Company’s efforts to reduce overhead costs and in conjunction with the renegotiation efforts related to the lease at its Solon, Ohio office, which expired April 30, 2011, the decision was made to relocate Solon, Ohio commercial products manufacturing operations to its facilities in Mexico and California.  This decision would enable the Company to reduce the square footage of the premises leased and strategically align the products segment of the Company which is located in California.  As a result of these strategic changes, the Company performed an evaluation of its property, plant and equipment at the Solon office as of December 31, 2010, as this strategic change created a “triggering event” necessitating such a review.  In performing this review, the Company obtained quoted market prices for similar assets while also considering market demand for these assets.  As a result of this review, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $156 thousand, which represented the difference between the fair value of the asset group and its carrying value and is included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations under the caption “Loss on Impairment.”

XML

Note 16 - Subsequent Events

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Subsequent Events [Text Block]

16.   Subsequent Events

During the first quarter of 2013, the Company has embarked on a program to raise up to $3.8 million in convertible debt and already has raised $1.7 million through March 6, 2013. The Company anticipates that a significant portion of the total amount will come from strategic investors and a multinational corporation involved in clean energy. The structure of the financing consists of unsecured, subordinated, convertible promissory notes that mature on December 31, 2016, have a five percent annual interest rate, and are convertible into common stock of the Company at the rate of $0.23 per share.  This conversion price represents an approximately 12% premium to the average closing price of the common stock during the period from February 1 to March 6, 2013.  The terms of this financing are substantially the same as those the Company entered into on December 13, 2012 as part of its $1.5 million convertible debt issuance.  The Company’s Board of Directors has approved this financing.

XML

Note 12 - Segments and Geographic Information

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Segment Reporting Disclosure [Text Block]

12.    Segments and Geographic Information

The Company has two reportable segments: products segment featuring pool lighting, general commercial lighting alternatives, government products, and research and development services, each of which markets and sells lighting systems; and solutions segment providing turnkey, high-quality, energy-efficient lighting application alternatives.  The Company’s products are sold through a combination of direct sales employees, independent sales representatives, and various distributors in different geographic markets throughout the world.  The Company’s solutions sales are designed to enhance total value by positively impacting customers’ profitability, the environment, and the communities it serves.  These solutions are sold through the Company’s direct sales employees as well as our SRC subsidiary, and include not only its proprietary energy-efficient lighting solutions, but also sourced lighting systems, energy audits and service agreements.

The following summarizes the Company’s reportable segment data for periods indicated (in thousands):

	Years ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Solutions:
Net sales	$	10,569		$	9,563		$	19,763
Cost of sales		9,150			8,041			16,332
Gross profit		1,419			1,522			3,431
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing		1,312			1,332			1,407
General and administrative		769			939			1,377
Loss on impairment		672			-			-
Total operating expenses		2,753			2,271			2,784
Segment (loss) income	$	(1,334	)	$	(749	)	$	647
Products:
Net sales	$	19,268		$	16,189		$	15,366
Cost of sales		14,450			12,540			12,394
Gross profit		4,818			3,649			2,972
Operating expenses (income):
Research and development		368			(515	)		(202	)
Sales and marketing		3,641			4,629			4,796
General and administrative		261			318			293
Loss on impairment		-			-			156
Restructuring		-			-			26
Total operating expenses		4,270			4,432			5,069
Segment income (loss)	$	548		$	(783	)	$	(2,097	)
Reconciliation of segment (loss) income to net loss:
Segment (loss) income:
Solutions	$	(1,334	)	$	(749	)	$	647
Products		548			(783	)		(2,097	)
Total segment loss		(786	)		(1,532	)		(1,450	)
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing		743			239			212
General and administrative		3,616			3,805			4,445
Valuation of equity instruments		-			56			1,812
Change in estimate of contingent liabilities		(102	)		(411	)		-
Total operating expenses		4,257			3,689			6,469
Other expense		(666	)		(836	)		(592	)
Loss before income taxes		(5,709	)		(6,057	)		(8,511	)
Benefit from (Provision for) income taxes		-			2			(6	)
Net loss	$	(5,709	)	$	(6,055	)	$	(8,517	)

The following table provides additional business unit gross profitability detail for the Company’s Products-based business segment for the periods indicated (in thousands):

	Years ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Products segment net sales:
Pool and commercial products	$	14,948	$	11,911	$	12,265
Government products/R&D services		4,320		4,278		3,101
Total products segment net sales		19,268		16,189		15,366
Products segment cost of sales:
Pool and commercial products		10,367		8,560		7,988
Government products/R&D services		4,083		3,980		3,104
Unallocated manufacturing overhead 1		-		-		1,302
Total products segment cost of sales		14,450		12,540		12,394
Products segment gross profit:
Pool and commercial products		4,581		3,351		4,277
Government products/R&D services		237		298		(3	)
Unallocated manufacturing overhead 1		-		-		(1,302	)
Total products segment gross profit	$	4,818	$	3,649	$	2,972

1. Unallocated manufacturing overhead is defined as costs associated with the operation and shut down of the Solon manufacturing facility which was relocated to the Mexico facility; and specific expenses which are not attributable to a specific business unit but rather are calculated on the total products business segment.

A geographic summary of net sales from continuing operations is as follows (in thousands):

	Years ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
United States Domestic	$	26,798	$	21,730	$	31,314
International		3,039		4,022		3,815
Net sales	$	29,837	$	25,752	$	35,129

A geographic summary of long-lived assets, which consists of property and equipment, goodwill, and intangible assets, is as follows (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2012		2011
United States	$	2,350	$	3,747
International		58		57
Long-lived assets, net	$	2,408	$	3,804

XML

Note 8 - Debt

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Debt Disclosure [Text Block]

8.    Debt

Credit Facilities

On December 22, 2011, the Company entered into a $4.5 million revolving line of credit with Rosenthal & Rosenthal.  The total loan amount available to the Company under the line of credit is equal to 85% of its net amount of eligible receivables, plus available inventory (the lesser of 50% of the lower of cost or market value of eligible inventory, or $250 thousand).  The credit facility is secured by a lien on the domestic assets of the Company.  The interest rate is 8.5% for borrowing on accounts receivable, 10.0% on inventories and 13% on overdrafts.  Additionally, there is an annual 1% facility fee on the entire amount of the credit facility payable at the beginning of the year.  The credit facility is a three year agreement, expiring on December 31, 2014, unless terminated sooner.  There are liquidated damages if the credit facility is terminated prior to December 31, 2014, which are based on the maximum credit facility amount then in effect.  The damages are:  3% if terminated prior to the first anniversary of the closing date, 2% if terminated prior to the second anniversary of the closing date, and 1% if terminated prior to the third anniversary of the closing date.  The Company is required to comply with certain financial covenants as defined in the agreement, including:  a tangible net worth amount and a working capital amount.  The Company was in compliance with the financial covenants at December 31, 2012. Borrowings under the revolving line of credit were $1.6 million and $701 thousand at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as a current liability under the caption “Credit line borrowings.”

The Company maintained a British pounds sterling-denominated bank overdraft facility with Lloyds Bank Plc through its United Kingdom subsidiary in the amount of £100,000, which had been renewed on an annual basis in May.  However, in May of 2012, this facility was not renewed.  The interest rate on the facility at December 31, 2011 was 3.60%, and there were no borrowing against it at that time.

Borrowings

	December 31, 2012			December 31, 2011
Unsecured Convertible Notes (1)	$	1,500		$	-
Convertible Promissory Note - TLC Investments LLC (2)		500			500
Cognovit Note - Keystone Ruby, LLC (3)		277			325
Letter of Credit Agreement - Mark Plush (4)		250			250
Unsecured Promissory Note - Quercus Trust (5)		70			70
Letter of Credit Agreement - Quercus Trust (6)		-			300
Secured Subordinated Promissory Note - EF Energy Partners LLC (7)		-			287
Letter of Credit Agreement - John Davenport (8)		-			250
Discounts on long-term borrowings		(48	)		(172	)
Subtotal		2,549			1,810
Less:  Current maturies of long-term debt		(756	)		(855	)
Long-term debt	$	1,793		$	955

(1) Notes mature on December 31, 2015, bear interest at 5%, and are convertible into common stock of the Company at $0.23 per share.

(2) Note matures on June 30, 2013, bears interest at the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate plus two percent (2%), and is convertible into 500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.  Additionally, as a provision to this note, if the reported closing price of a share of common stock of the Company is not equal to or greater than $2.00 for at least twenty (20) trading days between June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2013, the Company shall pay TLC an additional fee of $500 thousand on the maturity date.  The Company accrued for this contingent liability at its fair value at the time of inception of the note.  The Convertible Note is secured by a first-lien-position security interest in the assets of SRC.  See Note 9, Commitments and Contingencies.

(3) Note matures on April 1, 2017 and bears interest at 10%.  Per the terms of the note, if the Company does not renew its lease by December 31, 2013, the note becomes payable immediately.

(4) LOC matures on August 11, 2013, and bears interest at 12.5%.  The LOC is collateralized by a cash deposit with an insurance company issuing the Company’s contract performance bonds and by 32% of the unpledged stock of Crescent Lighting, Ltd. (“CLL”), a subsidiary of the Company.  As an incentive to enter into the LOC, the Company issued five-year, detached warrants to purchase 125,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. See Note 14, Related Party Transactions.

(5) Note matures on June 1, 2109 and bears interest at 1%.

(6) As of December 31, 2011, the Company was in default on this LOC as it matured on December 31, 2011. The LOC was paid in full in March 2012. The interest rate was 12.5%.

(7) Note was to mature on March 30, 2013, but was paid in full in March 2012. The interest rate was 12.5%.

(8) On December 21, 2011, the LOC with John Davenport was amended to extend the due date from December 31, 2011, to a month by month basis as long as interest continued to be earned at 12.5%.  The LOC was subsequently paid in March 2012.  As an incentive to enter into the LOC, the Company issued five-year, detached warrants to purchase 125,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. See Note 14, Related Party Transactions.

Future maturities of remaining borrowings are (in thousands):

Year ending December 31,	Long-Term Debt
2013	$	804
2014		59
2015		1,566
2016		72
2017		26
2018 and thereafter		70
Gross long-term borrowings		2,597
Less: discounts on long-term borrowings		(48	)
Total commitment, net		2,549
Less: portion classified as current		(756	)
Long-term borrowings, net	$	1,793

XML

Note 10 - Shareholders Equity (Detail) - Restricted Stock Activity (Restricted Stock [Member], USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2012
Restricted Stock [Member]
At December 31, 2009	497,629	228,128	414,675
At December 31, 2009 (in Dollars per share)	$ 0.73	$ 0.67	$ 0.73
Restricted Stock Outsantding	414,675	497,629	414,675
Restricted Stock Outstanding, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value (in Dollars per share)	$ 0.73	$ 0.73	$ 0.73
Restricted Stock Granted	114,767	392,490
Restricted Stock Granted, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value (in Dollars per share)	$ 0.96	$ 1.01
Restricted Stock Vested	(197,721)	(122,989)
Restricted Stock Vested, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value (in Dollars per share)	$ 0.87	$ 1.51

XML

Note 6 - Accrued Liabilities (Current)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Accounts Payable, Accrued Liabilities, and Other Liabilities Disclosure, Current [Text Block]

6.    Accrued Liabilities (Current):

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2012		2011
Accrued sales commissions and incentives	$	514	$	395
Accrued warranty expense		159		100
Accrued professional fees		153		161
Accrued employee benefits		319		296
Accrued interest		87		13
Accrued taxes		162		202
Accrued performance-related contingent consideration		728		351
Accrued subcontractor services		-		286
Accrued other expenses		143		191
Total accrued expenses	$	2,265	$	1,995

XML

Note 7 - Contracts in Progress

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Contracts In Progress [Text Block]

7.    Contracts in Progress

Costs and estimated earnings on contracts in progress for the year ending December 31, 2012 and 2011 are summarized in the table below (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2012			2011
Costs incurred on uncompleted contracts	$	7,067		$	3,193
Estimated earnings		1,330			855
Total revenues		8,397			4,048
Less: billings to date		8,762			4,031
Total	$	(365	)	$	17
Balance sheet classification:
Costs in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts	$	99		$	171
Billings in excess of costs on uncompleted contracts		(464	)		(154	)
Total	$	(365	)	$	17

XML

Note 9 - Commitments and Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Text Block]

9.    Commitments and Contingencies

The Company leases certain equipment, manufacturing, warehouse and office space under non-cancelable operating leases expiring through 2017 under which it is responsible for related maintenance, taxes, and insurance.  Future minimum non-cancelable lease commitments are as follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31,	Minimum Lease Commitments
2013	$	591
2014		212
2015		88
2016		78
2017		27
Total commitment	$	996

Certain leases included above contain escalation clauses and, as such, rent expense was recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.  Net rent expense was $641 thousand, $779 thousand and $830 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

In connection with the acquisition of SRC in December 2009, the Company recorded a performance-related contingent obligation related to a 2.5% payout payable over 42 months commencing January 1, 2010 and based upon the fair value of projected annual billings of the acquired business, and a $500 thousand fee if the market price of the Company’s common stock is not equal to or greater than $2.00 per share for at least twenty trading days between June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2013.  The Company accrued for each of these contingent liabilities at their respective fair values at the time of the acquisition. For the years ending December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company paid $186 thousand, $304 thousand and $519 thousand, respectively, relating to the 2.5% payout.

In the fourth quarter of 2012 and 2011, the Company reassessed the carrying value of the contingent liability related to the 2.5% payout and, based upon revised projected future billings, subsequently recorded reductions to the contingent liability of $102 thousand and $411 thousand, respectively, which has been recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations under the caption “Change in estimate of contingent liabilities.”

XML

Note 11 - Income Taxes (Detail) - Income Tax Reconciliation	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
United States statutory rate	34.00%	34.00%	34.00%
State taxes (net of federal tax benefit)	1.80%	2.70%	(0.10%)
Valuation allowance	(27.80%)	(34.40%)	(33.70%)
Other	(8.00%)	(2.30%)	(0.20%)
	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%

XML

Note 12 - Segments and Geographic Information (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012
Number of Reportable Segments	2

XML

Note 11 - Income Taxes (Detail) - Geographic Components of Pretax Income (Loss) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
United States	$ (5,471)	$ (5,752)	$ (8,410)
Foreign subsidiaries	(238)	(305)	(101)
Loss before income taxes	$ (5,709)	$ (6,057)	$ (8,511)

XML

Note 11 - Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Schedule of Components of Income Tax Expense (Benefit) [Table Text Block]

	Years ended December 31,
	2012		2011			2010
Current
Federal	$	-	$	-		$	-
Foreign		-		12			-
State		-		2			(10	)
		-		14			(10	)
Deferred
Federal		-		-			-
Foreign		-		(12	)		4
State		-		-			-
		-		(12	)		4
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes	$	-	$	2		$	(6	)

Schedule of Income before Income Tax, Domestic and Foreign [Table Text Block]

	December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
United States	$	(5,471	)	$	(5,752	)	$	(8,410	)
Foreign subsidiaries		(238	)		(305	)		(101	)
Loss before income taxes	$	(5,709	)	$	(6,057	)	$	(8,511	)

Schedule of Effective Income Tax Rate Reconciliation [Table Text Block]

	Years ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
United States statutory rate		34.0	%		34.0	%		34.0	%
State taxes (net of federal tax benefit)		1.8	%		2.7	%		(0.1	%)
Valuation allowance		(27.8	%)		(34.4	%)		(33.7	%)
Other		(8.0	%)		(2.3	%)		(0.2	%)
		0.0	%		0.0	%		0.0	%

Schedule of Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities [Table Text Block]

	December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	53		$	60		$	87
Accrued expenses and other reserves		2,197			2,264			2,146
Tax credits, deferred R&D, and other		907			656			899
Net operating loss		25,980			24,931			22,088
Valuation allowance		(29,135	)		(27,909	)		(25,206	)
Net total deferred taxes	$	2		$	2		$	14

XML

Note 9 - Commitments and Contingencies (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended			36 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2012 Contingent Payment, Project Annual Billings, Percentage [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Contingent Payment, Projected Annual Billings, Period in Months [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Not to Exceed Share Price [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Number of Days Stock Price Must Trade Above Ceiling to Trigger Additional Fee [Member]
Operating Leases, Rent Expense	$ 641	$ 779	$ 830
Business Acquisition, Preacquisition Contingency, Description				2.5%	42	$2.00	twenty
Business Acquisition, Preacquisition Contingency, Amount	500
Payments for (Proceeds from) Previous Acquisition	186	304	519
Business Combination, Contingent Consideration Arrangements, Change in Amount of Contingent Consideration, Liability	$ 102	$ 411

XML

Note 14 - Related Party Transactions

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Related Party Transactions Disclosure [Text Block]

14.    Related Party Transactions

On December 29, 2009, and in conjunction with the acquisition of SRC, the Company entered into Letter of Credit Agreements (“LOC’s”) with John Davenport and Quercus Trust, for $250 thousand and $300 thousand, respectively.  Mr. Davenport is a member of the Board of Directors of the Company, and at the time of the transaction, was also President of the Company,  David Gelbaum, a trustee of Quercus Trust, was a member of the Board of Directors at the time of the transaction.  These LOC’s were outstanding at December 31, 2011, but were paid in full during 2012.  Additionally, on August 11, 2011, the Company entered into a Letter of Credit agreement with Mark Plush, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, for $250 thousand.  Please refer to Note 8, Debt, for discussion of the terms of these LOC’s.

The former Vice President of SRC, who resigned on December 31, 2011, was also a minority owner in TLC Investments, LLC (“TLC”), a Tennessee limited liability company, as well as in Woodstone Energy, LLC (“Woodstone”), a Tennessee limited liability company, both of which are located in Nashville, Tennessee.  SRC renders lighting design and lighting solution services to these related parties within the scope of their ordinary business activities.  Conversely, these related parties, operating as electrical subcontractors, provide installation support services to SRC as part of their normal business.  As of January 1, 2012, TLC and Woodstone are no longer related parties of the Company.

For 2011 and 2010, related party revenue from TLC and Woodstone totaled $1.6 million and $7.0 million, respectively.  The related party receivable, including retainage, at December 31, 2011 was $408 thousand.  Subcontractor installation support services provided by these related parties totaled $6.2 million in 2011 and $14.6 million in 2010.  The related party payable at December 31, 2011 was $1.2 million.

With the acquisition of SRC, the Company entered into an agreement with the seller, TLC, whereby, SRC would be guaranteed a profit percentage of 25% on certain projects which were begun prior to the acquisition or were out for bid at the time the acquisition occurred on December 31, 2009. During 2010, a significant portion of projects were subject to this guarantee. At December 31, 2011, many of the previously described projects had been completed or were nearing completion.

In conjunction with the acquisition of SRC on December 31, 2009, the Company entered into an agreement with TLC whereby a Convertible Promissory Note (“Convertible Note”) was issued for the principal amount of $500 thousand.  TLC has the right to convert the principal of the Convertible Note, in whole, into 500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at any time during the period commencing on June 30, 2010 and ending on the maturity date.  Additionally, as a provision to the Convertible Note, if the reported closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock shall not be equal to or greater than $2.00 for at least twenty (20) trading days between June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2013, the Company shall pay TLC an additional fee of $500 thousand on the maturity date. Please refer to Note 8, Debt, for discussion of the terms of this note.

On December 31, 2009, the Company issued to Woodstone, warrants to purchase up to 600,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. The warrants have an exercise price of $0.49 per share and expire on December 31, 2014.  400,000 of the warrants became exercisable by Woodstone upon the written commitment of $10 million in specific secured contracts.  The remaining 200,000 warrants will become exercisable upon the written commitment of an additional $5 million in specific secured contracts.  SRC has received approximately $4.4 million in specific secured contracts toward the additional $5 million through December 31, 2012.

The Company, in the agreement for the acquisition of SRC, provided for payment of a management fee to TLC for overhead expenses in support of up to $20.0 million in project billings for 2010 on projects which TLC provided installation support services.  For fiscal years after December 31, 2010, where TLC provided installation support services on projects that were pending at the date of acquisition, SRC was to pay 8% of billings as a management fee.  For the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011, the Company incurred management fees of $340 thousand.

On December 12, 2012, the Board of Directors of the Company appointed James Tu to serve as its non-executive Chairman of the Board of Directors. Mr. Tu was appointed to fill the open position created by the retirement of Paul von Paumgartten from the Company’s Board.

Mr. Tu is the Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of 5 Elements Global Advisors, an investment advisory and management company focusing on investing in clean energy companies with breakthrough, commercialized technologies and near-term profitability potential. He is also Co-Founder of Communal International Ltd. “(Communal”), a British Virgin Islands Company dedicated to assisting clean energy solutions companies maximize their technology and product potential and gain access to global marketing, distribution licensing, manufacturing and financing resources.

On February 27, 2012, the Company entered into an Asian Business Development/Collaboration Agreement with Communal International Ltd.  The agreement had a 60 month term, under which the Company was committed to pay $522,500 to Communal, all of which was paid by December 31, 2012.  The Company recorded $270 thousand of expense in 2012 under this agreement.  Additionally, during the term of the agreement, the Company will pay Communal a five percent (5%) commission on the Company’s net sales which occur within the Territory, as defined by the agreement.  The Company has incurred no commissions due under this agreement through December 31, 2012.

Effective on January 1, 2013, the Asian Business Development/Collaboration Agreement with Communal was amended to reflect the extension of the terms of the agreement for an additional 12 months, and the addition of certain services and countries in the territory covered by the agreement.  In connection with the amended and restated agreement, the Company agreed to pay an additional $425 thousand through December 2013.  After December 31, 2013, the Company may terminate the agreement upon 30 days written notice.

XML

Note 3 - Inventories (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Schedule of Inventory, Current [Table Text Block]

	December 31,
	2012		2011
Raw materials	$	1,649	$	1,517
Finished goods		932		912
Inventories, net	$	2,581	$	2,429

XML

Note 8 - Debt (Detail) - Borrowings (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2012		Dec. 31, 2011
Long-term Debt	$ 2,597
Discounts on long-term borrowings	(48)		(172)
Subtotal	2,549		1,810
Less: Current maturies of long-term debt	(756)		(855)
Long-term debt	1,793		955
Unsecured Convetible Notes [Member]
Long-term Debt	1,500	[1]		[1]
Convertible Promissory Note - TLC Investments LLC [Member]
Long-term Debt	500	[2]	500	[2]
Cognovit Note - Keystone Ruby, LLC [Member]
Long-term Debt	277	[3]	325	[3]
Letter of Credit Agreement - Mark Plush [Member]
Long-term Debt	250	[4]	250	[4]
Unsecured Promissory Note - Quercus Trust [Member]
Long-term Debt	70	[5]	70	[5]
Letter of Credit Agreement - Quercus Trust [Member]
Long-term Debt		[6]	300	[6]
Secured Subordinated Promissory Note - EF Energy Partners LLC [Member]
Long-term Debt		[7]	287	[7]
Letter of Credit Agreement - John Davenport [Member]
Long-term Debt		[8]	$ 250	[8]

[1] Notes mature on December 31, 2015, bear interest at 5%, and are convertible into common stock of the Company at $0.23 per share.

[2] Note matures on June 30, 2013, bears interest at the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate plus two percent (2%), and is convertible into 500,000 shares of the Company's common stock. Additionally, as a provision to this note, if the reported closing price of a share of common stock of the Company is not equal to or greater than $2.00 for at least twenty (20) trading days between June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2013, the Company shall pay TLC an additional fee of $500 thousand on the maturity date. The Company accrued for this contingent liability at its fair value at the time of inception of the note. The Convertible Note is secured by a first-lien-position security interest in the assets of SRC. See Note 9, Commitments and Contingencies.

[3] Note matures on April 1, 2017 and bears interest at 10%. Per the terms of the note, if the Company does not renew its lease by December 31, 2013, the note becomes payable immediately.

[4] LOC matures on August 11, 2013, and bears interest at 12.5%. The LOC is collateralized by a cash deposit with an insurance company issuing the Company's contract performance bonds and by 32% of the unpledged stock of Crescent Lighting, Ltd. ("CLL"), a subsidiary of the Company. As an incentive to enter into the LOC, the Company issued five-year, detached warrants to purchase 125,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. See Note 14, Related Party Transactions.

[5] Note matures on June 1, 2109 and bears interest at 1%.

[6] As of December 31, 2011, the Company was in default on this LOC as it matured on December 31, 2011. The LOC was paid in full in March 2012. The interest rate was 12.5%.

[7] Note was to mature on March 30, 2013, but was paid in full in March 2012. The interest rate was 12.5%.

[8] On December 21, 2011, the LOC with John Davenport was amended to extend the due date from December 31, 2011, to a month by month basis as long as interest continued to be earned at 12.5%. The LOC was subsequently paid in March 2012. As an incentive to enter into the LOC, the Company issued five-year, detached warrants to purchase 125,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. See Note 14, Related Party Transactions.

XML

Note 4 - Property and Equipment (Detail) - Property and Equipment (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Property and Equipment	$ 9,840	$ 9,488
Less: accumulated depreciation	(8,040)	(7,383)
Property and equipment, net	1,800	2,105
Furniture and fixtures (useful life 5 years)	132	129
Computer software (useful life 3 years)	462	431
Leasehold improvements (the shorter of useful life or lease life)	633	630
Construction in progress	50	27
Equipment [Member]
Property and Equipment	5,963	5,831
Tooling [Member]
Property and Equipment	$ 2,600	$ 2,440

XML

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Net loss	$ (5,709)	$ (6,055)	$ (8,517)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Foreign currency translation adjustments	40	(3)	(51)
Comprehensive loss	$ (5,669)	$ (6,058)	$ (8,568)

XML

Note 3 - Inventories

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Inventory Disclosure [Text Block]

3.   Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of standard cost (which approximates actual cost determined using the first-in, first-out cost method) or market and consists of the following (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2012		2011
Raw materials	$	1,649	$	1,517
Finished goods		932		912
Inventories, net	$	2,581	$	2,429

XML

Note 10 - Shareholders Equity (Detail) - Option Activity (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Outstanding at December 31, 2009	2,318,498	1,877,417	1,769,750
Outstanding at December 31, 2009 (in Dollars per share)	$ 2.28	$ 3.36	$ 3.63
Options Granted	120,000	1,040,000	1,115,000
Options Granted, Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share (in Dollars per share)	$ 0.27	$ 0.84	$ 1.08
Options Cancelled	(253,915)	(591,419)	(993,583)
Options Cancelled, Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share (in Dollars per share)	$ 2.22	$ 2.99	$ 1.68
Options Exercised		(7,500)	(13,750)
Options Exercised, Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share (in Dollars per share)		$ 0.60	$ 0.60
Options Outstanding	2,184,583	2,318,498	1,877,417
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share (in Dollars per share)	$ 2.20	$ 2.28	$ 3.36
Vested and Expected to Vest at December 31, 2012	2,058,833
Vested and Expected to Vest at December 31, 2012 (in Dollars per share)	$ 2.29
Exercisable at December 31, 2012	1,494,063
Exercisable at December 31, 2012 (in Dollars per share)	$ 2.87

XML

Note 12 - Segments and Geographic Information (Detail) - Summary of Geographic Sales (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
United States Domestic	$ 26,798	$ 21,730	$ 31,314
International	3,039	4,022	3,815
Net sales	$ 29,837	$ 25,752	$ 35,129

XML

Note 4 - Property and Equipment (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Property, Plant and Equipment [Table Text Block]

	December 31,
	2012			2011
Equipment (useful life 3 - 15 years)	$	5,963		$	5,831
Tooling (useful life 2 - 5 years)		2,600			2,440
Furniture and fixtures (useful life 5 years)		132			129
Computer software (useful life 3 years)		462			431
Leasehold improvements (the shorter of useful life or lease life)		633			630
Construction in progress		50			27
Property and equipment at cost		9,840			9,488
Less: accumulated depreciation		(8,040	)		(7,383	)
Property and equipment, net	$	1,800		$	2,105

XML

Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Detail) - Warranty Activity (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Balance at the beginning of the year	$ 100	$ 126
Accruals for warranties issued	143	44
Settlements made during the year (in cash or in kind)	(84)	(70)
Balance at the end of the year	$ 159	$ 100

XML

Note 13 - Restructuring

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Restructuring and Related Activities Disclosure [Text Block]

13.    Restructuring

The Company recognized restructuring expenses of $26 thousand in 2010 associated with relocating the Company’s distribution facility from Solon, Ohio to a new distribution facility in Pleasanton, California.